Quarterlytics / Industrials / Hardware, Equipment & Parts / Volex plc

Volex plc

vlx · LSE Industrials
Claim this profile
Ticker vlx
Exchange LSE
Sector Industrials
Industry Hardware, Equipment & Parts
Employees 5001-10,000
← All annual reports
FY2019 Annual Report · Volex plc
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
The Global 
Cable Assembly 
Specialists

Annual Report and Accounts 2019

26523 

  26 June 2019 4:59 pm 

  Proof  15

26523 

  26 June 2019 4:59 pm 

  Proof  15

Welcome to our  
2019 Annual Report

Who we are

Volex is a leading global supplier of power cords and cable 
assembly solutions, servicing a diverse range of markets and 
customers, including consumer electronics, medical equipment, 
data centres, telecommunications, industrial robotics and the 
automotive industry.

We are headquartered in the UK but operate from 12 manufacturing locations and employ over 
6,000 staff across 20 countries. Our products are sold through our own global sales force and 
through distributors to Original Equipment Manufacturers (“OEMs”) and Electronic Manufacturing 
Services companies.

Our products and services are integral to the increasingly sophisticated digital world in which we 
live, providing power and connectivity to everyday items as well as to complex machinery. 

How we do it

Following recent acquisitions, we now have 12 manufacturing facilities located across nine countries. The factories 
are supported by sales and/or administrative offices, as well as other staff, in another 11 countries, as well as a 
number of leased warehouses and stock hubs close to our key customers in order to support their global operational 
requirements.

Although all of our factories are capable of power cord and cable assembly production, the majority of power cord 
production is still performed in China, close to raw material suppliers. However, as labour costs increase, our sites in 
Vietnam and Indonesia are becoming more important. Power cord procurement and engineering is managed centrally 
from our Asian head office in Singapore. 

Cable assembly production tends to be more bespoke, and therefore our key factories have developed their own 
manufacturing, procurement and engineering processes. For example, our factory in Suzhou caters primarily for 
high-speed data transmission cables, our factory in Poland for European healthcare and telecommunications 
customers, and our factory in Mexico for North American healthcare and industrial customers. Recent acquisitions 
have expanded our reach into the medical equipment market and other high-tech sub-sectors.

Our key differentiators

Volex differentiates itself from the competition in three key aspects:

Scale
Volex is one of the largest 
power cord manufacturers in 
the world, allowing it to benefit 
from economies of scale. Our 
global manufacturing footprint, 
spanning three continents, is a 
key competitive advantage.

Quality
Volex has an unrivalled 
reputation in the industry 
for quality. Although our 
competition may be cheaper, 
few have the consistent safety 
record of Volex. 

Experience
With more than 100 years’ 
experience in energy storage 
and transmission, there are 
few cabling problems that 
our engineering team can’t 
solve. Volex continues to be 
at the forefront of the latest 
developments in medical, 
electric vehicle and data 
connectivity.

Read more about Our Business 
Model on page 10

26523 

  26 June 2019 4:59 pm 

  Proof  15

Highlights

Underlying  
operating profit

Represents operating profit before adjusting items  
and share-based payment charges

Operating cash flow 
before movement in 
working capital

$21.6m

($11.5 million in FY2018)

$21.2m

($12.5 million in FY2018)

Sales

Equity raised

$372.1m

($322.4 million in FY2018)

$46.7m

(n/a in FY2018)

Profit before tax

$11.6m

($7.0m in FY2018)

Acquisitions –  
MC Electronics,  
Silcotec and GTK

3

(None in FY2018)

Look out for these icons:

Read more online at:  
www.volex.com

Read more about  
on Pages

26523 

  26 June 2019 4:59 pm 

  Proof  15

Contents

Business Overview

Highlights

At a Glance

Our Locations

Executive Chairman’s Statement

Strategic Report

Our Marketplace

Our Business Model

Strategy

Key Performance Indicators

Operational Review

Divisional Review

Financial Review

Group Risk Management

Corporate and Social 
Responsibility

Governance

Board of Directors 

Executive Chairman’s Introduction

Corporate Governance Report

Audit Committee Report

Directors’ Remuneration Report

Directors’ Report

Independent Auditors’ Report

Financial Statements

Consolidated Income Statement
Consolidated Statement of 
Comprehensive Income
Consolidated and Company 
Statements of Financial Position
Consolidated and Company 
Statements of Changes in Equity
Consolidated and Company 
Statements of Cash Flows

Notes to the Financial Statements

Other financial information

Five Year Summary

Shareholder Information

Registered Office and Advisers

01

02

03

04

08

10

12

14

15

16

20

 24

28

32

33

34

38

41

56

60

68

69

70

71

72

73

128

129

129

01

BUSINESS OVERVIEWwww.volex.comAnnual Report and Accounts 2019At a Glance

What we do 

CONTRACT MANUFACTURING

PRODUCT DEVELOPMENT

Taking a customer blueprint, Volex can source the raw  
materials, build the manufacturing line and develop rigorous 
testing procedures to ensure the cable is produced in 
the required volumes, in accordance with national safety 
requirements and at a low-cost price point.

Further, our global network of manufacturing facilities, 
warehouses and hubs can help ensure that the cables  
are held in the right locations to minimise our customers’  
stockholding needs.

Should a customer choose to outsource its entire  
cabling function, our team of experienced engineers  
can engage with the customer’s product development  
team at an early stage to design and build the best cabling 
solution for their needs. 

Whatever the challenge, whether it be data-transmission  
rates, signal-degradation issues, durability or aesthetics,  
our team of engineers will produce the ideal cable at the  
ideal price point. 

WE OPERATE ACROSS TWO DIVISIONS:

POWER CORDS DIVISION

CABLE ASSEMBLIES DIVISION

 Volex designs and manufactures power cords, duck 
heads and related products that are sold to manufacturers 
of a broad range of electrical and electronic devices and 
appliances. Volex products are used in laptops, PCs, 
tablets, printers, TVs, games consoles, power tools, kitchen 
appliances, vacuum cleaners and electric vehicles. 

Volex designs and manufactures a broad range of cables and 
connectors (ranging from high-speed copper and fibre-optic 
cables to complex customised optical cable assemblies) that 
transfer electronic, radio-frequency and optical data. Volex 
products are used in a variety of applications including data 
networking equipment, data centres, wireless base stations 
and cell site installations, mobile computing devices, medical 
equipment, factory automation, vehicle telematics, agricultural 
equipment and alternative energy generation.

Read more about our Power 
Cords division on page 16

Read more about our Cable 
Assemblies division on page 18

Did you know?
One of the many safety tests on our  
new electric vehicle charging cables is for it to survive  
22 hours in battery acid. Provided there is no visible 
degradation, the cable will pass.

Did you know?
The average UK home download speed is 16.5 Mbps.  
Our most popular high-speed data cable transmits data  
at 100 Gbps – 6,000 times as fast.

02

26523 

  26 June 2019 4:59 pm 

  Proof  15

Stock code: VLXVolex plcBUSINESS OVERVIEWBUSINESS OVERVIEW

Our Locations
As the trend towards globalisation continues, Volex is well-positioned  
to serve and engage with customers on a global basis, from engineering  
design to manufacturing and delivery to account management.

We maintain production and distribution facilities across three continents in order to be a “local partner”  
to customers, better supporting their global operational requirements.

Key

Headquarters
Regional Head Office
Manufacturing

AMERICAS
Sales offices and staff in 
Canada and the United 
States. Distribution centres 
throughout North America. 
Manufacturing sites in 
Mexico and the United 
States.

EUROPE
Head office in London and 
regional office in Poland. 
A UK and Ireland-based 
sales team that works 
with customers across the 
continent. Manufacturing 
sites in Poland, the UK, 
Romania and Slovakia.

ASIA
Regional head office in 
Singapore. Sales offices 
and/or staff in Singapore, 
China, Malaysia, Thailand, 
the Philippines, Japan, 
Taiwan, India and Hong 
Kong. Manufacturing 
facilities in China, Indonesia 
and Vietnam.

Revenue by location

Employees by location

Non-current assets by location*

Total
$372.1m

Total
6,207

Total
$51.8m

Americas
$119.6m

Europe
$85.9m

Asia
$166.6m

Americas
986

Europe
630

Asia
4,591

Americas
$2.1m

Europe
$33.1m

Asia
$16.6m

*excluding deferred tax assets

03

26523 

  26 June 2019 4:59 pm 

  Proof  15

www.volex.comAnnual Report and Accounts 2019Executive Chairman’s Statement
Executive Chairman’s Statement
Executive Chairman’s Statement
Nathaniel Rothschild
Nathaniel Rothschild
Nathaniel Rothschild

We continue to diversify our customer 
base and execute our strategy to be  
 a stable, long-term and trusted partner 
to our clients. The recovery at Volex 
continues.”

The year ended 31 March 2019 
(“FY2019”) has seen continued progress 
in our operational, strategic and financial 
development. We have added new 
customers, invested in organic growth, 
completed three acquisitions and, 
as our turnaround gathers pace, we 
have developed significant operational 
expertise to maximise the Group’s return 
on assets. As a result, our profit margins 
have improved once again. While we are 
faced with many challenges, and there 
is still much to do to achieve our full 
potential, we start the new financial year in 
excellent financial health, with a motivated 
team and the financial resources to 
continue to grow and improve our market 
position. 

Our strategic goals remain unchanged. 
We aim to continue to improve our cost 
position in the manufacture of power 
cords and to develop our presence in 
value-added segments of the power 
market such as electric vehicles. In 
Cable Assemblies we continue to benefit 
from the need of our global customers 
to outsource both simple and highly 
complex assemblies to a stable partner 
with a truly global manufacturing footprint. 
By targeting both organic growth 
and strategic acquisitions we see our 
opportunity to move further up the value 
chain. As we increase our scale and 
technical capabilities through continued 
development and innovation, we are 
accessing higher value opportunities 
in our core medical, data centre and 
industrial end markets. 

Recent performance 
Revenue for FY2019 was $372.1 million, 
an increase of 15.4% over the prior year. 
Stripping out the effect of the acquisitions 
made during the year and the revenue 
from our largest Power Cords customer, 
which continued its managed decline, 
revenue was up 9% year-on-year. In 
Power Cords, the growth came from our 
continued success in the electric vehicle 
segment, supporting a large manufacturer 
with their home charging cables. We 
continue to see more opportunities 
in electric vehicles for Volex and have 
taken steps to register and protect our 
proprietary technology and manufacturing 
know-how. 

In Cable Assemblies we saw growth 
across all our main market segments of 
data centre connectivity, medical and 
industrial equipment. Demand from 
customers in our largest geographic 
market, North America, was particularly 
strong during the period. Going forward 
we expect continued growth in Cable 
Assemblies as we acquire new customers 
that seek exposure to a global partner 
like Volex. We are already seeing the 
benefits that scale can bring through our 
recent acquisitions and expect the Cable 
Assemblies business to be larger than our 
Power Cords business, in revenue terms, 
over the coming year. 

We were particularly pleased with the 
improvement in gross margin during 
the year from 17.4% to 19.8% despite 
continued cost inflation and competitive 
pressures on pricing. The improvement 
in gross margin occurred in both our 
operating divisions and is a result of the 
hard work by management to rationalise 
our factory and office footprint, and a 
continuous focus on improving profitability 

across all of our locations, product lines 
and customers. Each of our factories 
improved their profitability year-on-year, 
and the acquisitions that we have made 
also contributed to the increase in gross 
margin in the Cable Assemblies division. 

Underlying operating expenses at $51.9 
million increased by 16.7% year-on-year. 
This was due to the acquisitions made 
during the year and also as a result of our 
strong financial performance triggering 
increased bonus payments for our staff. 

Cost inflation is a common theme across 
all of the countries in which we operate 
and we are therefore continuing to 
invest in automation across the Group 
to mitigate this inflation. In addition, the 
effect of US import tariffs on Chinese 
production has resulted in Volex moving 
certain production capacity to alternative 
locations outside of China which has 
resulted in additional administrative and 
investment costs for the Group. 

Overall underlying pre-adjustment 
operating profit for the year was $21.6 
million, up 87.8% from $11.5 million in 
the prior year. Our underlying operating 
margin is above 5% for the first time in 
seven years. 

Acquisitions
We have made three successful 
acquisitions during the year, which 
have added new customers, capability 
and geographic presence to the Cable 
Assemblies division. 

In April 2018 we acquired MC Electronics, 
with manufacturing facilities in California 
and Mexico. MC brings a number of new 
medical and industrial customers to Volex, 
and increased exposure to the US market.

In July 2018 we acquired Silcotec Europe 
Limited, a manufacturer of complex 
medical and industrial cables and sub-
assemblies with a manufacturing facility in 
Slovakia. 

In December 2018 we acquired GTK, a 
UK-based manufacturer of customised 
electronic solutions including cable 
assemblies, displays and connectors, 
providing additional product expertise 
and the opportunity for cross-selling. 
GTK’s head office is in Basingstoke, with 
additional manufacturing capacity in 
Romania and a branch in Taiwan.

04

26523 

  26 June 2019 4:59 pm 

  Proof  15

Stock code: VLXVolex plcBUSINESS OVERVIEWOutlook 
Volex’s core markets are expected to 
remain highly competitive in the near term 
but we remain focused on improving our 
business and our performance. Both our 
divisions occupy market-leading positions 
and are well placed through their unique 
geographic footprint. 

There remain substantial identifiable 
opportunities for both divisions to improve 
sales and margin performance through 
disciplined execution of our strategy, 
in both the short and longer term, and 
we expect to deliver further value to our 
shareholders in the year ahead. I remain 
excited about the Company’s prospects 
and our team continues to actively 
look for new opportunities to grow our 
business and technical capabilities.

Nathaniel Rothschild
Executive Chairman

Financial flexibility
We ended FY2019 with a net cash 
balance of $20.6 million, up from $9.9 
million in FY2018. As a global Group we 
rely on a portion of this cash to support 
ongoing working capital fluctuations and 
capital investment. However, a substantial 
proportion of this cash is available 
to continue to grow Volex through 
acquisition and allow us to increase 
our profitability and further diversify our 
revenue mix. 

We are currently in discussions with our 
banks Lloyds Banking Group plc and 
HSBC Bank plc to extend our senior 
credit facility to provide us with further 
financial flexibility. The current facility 
is due to expire in June 2019, but is 
currently undrawn.

People 
Our recent success can be attributed 
to the skill and dedication of all of our 
employees across the globe, who 
accepted that without wholesale change, 
Volex might not survive. The past few 
years have been extremely difficult, 
and our employees have shown great 
resilience as we have reduced production 
capacity and emerged with a leaner and 
more competitive business. 

On behalf of our Board and our 
shareholders, I would like to thank all our 
employees for all of their hard work and 
dedication.

As we start to aggressively grow the 
business once again, we recognise the 
need to invest in and to motivate our 
people. We have recently taken steps to 
strengthen our corporate leadership team, 
including finance, legal and our global 
human resources function, to ensure that 
we have the right resources, remuneration 
structures and succession planning in 
place going forward. 

26523 

  26 June 2019 4:59 pm 

  Proof  15

BUSINESS OVERVIEWwww.volex.comOur Marketplace

Our Business Model 

Strategy

Key Performance Indicators

Operational Review

Divisional Review

Financial Review

Group Risk Management

Corporate and Social Responsibility

08

10

12

14

15

16

20

24

28

t
r
o
p
e
R
c
i
g
e
t
a
r
t
S

26523 

  26 June 2019 4:59 pm 

  Proof  15

 
26523 

  26 June 2019 4:59 pm 

  Proof  15

Our Marketplace

Trends affecting the market

What this means to Volex

How we are responding

•  Global PC sales, including desktop and 
laptop computers, fell by 1.3% in 2018, 
according to Gartner. Although the rate of 
decline is expected to level off in coming 
years, sales will remain at best flat. 

•  After a year of decline, global TV 

shipments returned to growth in 2018, 
increasing by an estimated 3% according 
to Futuresource Consulting, partly 
boosted by the increase in demand for 
4K sets.

• 

Improving battery technology has led to 
an increase in the number of cordless 
domestic appliances.

•  Worldwide deliveries of plug-in vehicles 
reached 2.1 million in 2018, an increase 
of 64% on 2017, according to the EV-
Volumes database.

•  China is the main growth market, 

accounting for 56% of all EV sales in 
2018.

•  Global data centre traffic is expected to 

grow by around 25% between 2018 and 
2019. By 2021 it is expected to double 
in size compared to 2018, to a total of 
20,555 exabytes.

•  To meet this growth, the number of 

“hyperscale” data centres will grow from 
335 in 2016 to 628 by 2021 – an 87% 
growth – with 55% of all data traffic to 
be processed through hyperscale data 
centres.

•  The transition to the “software-as-a-
service” model is fuelling the above 
growth as companies dispense with local 
privately owned servers and instead store 
data in large data centres.

•  Global medical technology expenditure 
is expected to grow with a CAGR of 5% 
from 2018 to 2022.

•  Within this, the global diagnostic imaging 
market is forecast to grow with a CAGR 
of 6.6%.

•  This growth is fuelled by an ageing 

population in the West and the improved 
wealth of the Chinese “middle class”.

Consumer 
Electronics

Electric 
Vehicles 
(“EV”)

High-speed 
solutions

Healthcare

08

Global PC sales

2023

2022

2019

2018

2017

2016

millions of units

EV and Hybrids – Sales

2025

2021

2019

2017

2015

2014

000s of units

Global data centre traffic

2021

2020

2019

2018

2017

2016

Exabytes

Global medical technology spend

2022

2021

2020

2019

2018

2017

Growth per year

26523 

  26 June 2019 4:59 pm 

  Proof  15

250.5

249.5

254.4

256.7

259.4

260.1

5,000

3,000

1,900

1,281

546

325

20,555

17,116

14,124

11,558

9,087

6,819

5%

5.2%

5.4%

5.5%

5.5%

4.1%

•  Volex’s traditional markets for power cords are in decline due 

•  Targeting only those global customers with a premium brand 

to changing technology. 

name for which product quality and service reliability are as 

•  The competition for power cord sales to this reducing market 

important as cost.

will continue to intensify, putting further pricing pressure on 

•  Diversifying our sales to new markets which will require 

already thin margins.

Volex’s expertise in power cord production.

•  Looking at strategic initiatives to further reduce our cost 

base, such as more vertical integration.

•  New high-growth market for power cables to EVs.

•  During FY2018, Volex commenced shipment of power cords 

•  The high draw from the charger at maximum power over 

to a leading name in the manufacture of EVs.

several hours will increase wear on a cable/socket and 

•  FY2019 saw a significant increase in sales of power cords 

increase the likelihood of fire or electrical injury. Therefore 

and adaptors into the EV market.

quality and reliability in the power cord will be essential.

•  Our Shenzhen facility in South-East China is a dedicated EV 

•  Significant growth is forecast in the FY2020 budget for EV 

power cord factory.

power cords.

•  Volex manufactures a market-leading QSFP+ cable which 

•  We currently have a key strategic partnership with a leading 

supports four 10 Gbit/sec channels carrying 10 Gigabit 

InfiniBand and Ethernet hardware supplier. We will look to 

Ethernet, 10GFC FiberChannel, or QDR InfiniBand. This is 

further cement this relationship over the coming years.

one of the fastest data transmission cables available and is 

produced at a competitive price from our Suzhou factory.

•  Targeting those potential customers not covered by our 

strategic partnership and talking direct to their procurement 

teams in order to establish a trading relationship in the future.

•  Continue to fund our R&D function in order to ensure our 

high-speed data transmission cables remain at the forefront 

of cable technology. 

•  Volex already supplies cabling solutions to a number of 

•  Volex is looking to build on its market position through 

healthcare imaging manufacturers including one of the 

focusing on our reputation for reliability and quality.

world’s largest. This company is looking to consolidate its 

fragmented supply chain and Volex is their preferred cable 

provider.

•  Due to the high-growth prospects in this field over the 

coming years, Volex continues to investigate other strategic 

initiatives to grow our sales.

Stock code: VLXVolex plcSTRATEGIC REPORTConsumer 

Electronics

Electric 

Vehicles 

(“EV”)

High-speed 

solutions

Trends affecting the market

Global PC sales

•  Global PC sales, including desktop and 

laptop computers, fell by 1.3% in 2018, 

according to Gartner. Although the rate of 

decline is expected to level off in coming 

years, sales will remain at best flat. 

•  After a year of decline, global TV 

shipments returned to growth in 2018, 

increasing by an estimated 3% according 

to Futuresource Consulting, partly 

boosted by the increase in demand for 

4K sets.

• 

Improving battery technology has led to 

an increase in the number of cordless 

domestic appliances.

•  Worldwide deliveries of plug-in vehicles 

reached 2.1 million in 2018, an increase 

of 64% on 2017, according to the EV-

Volumes database.

•  China is the main growth market, 

accounting for 56% of all EV sales in 

2018.

•  Global data centre traffic is expected to 

grow by around 25% between 2018 and 

2019. By 2021 it is expected to double 

in size compared to 2018, to a total of 

20,555 exabytes.

•  To meet this growth, the number of 

“hyperscale” data centres will grow from 

335 in 2016 to 628 by 2021 – an 87% 

growth – with 55% of all data traffic to 

be processed through hyperscale data 

centres.

•  The transition to the “software-as-a-

service” model is fuelling the above 

growth as companies dispense with local 

privately owned servers and instead store 

data in large data centres.

2023

2022

2019

2018

2017

2016

2025

2021

2019

2017

2015

2014

2021

2020

2019

2018

2017

2016

millions of units

EV and Hybrids – Sales

000s of units

Global data centre traffic

Exabytes

from 2018 to 2022.

•  Within this, the global diagnostic imaging 

market is forecast to grow with a CAGR 

of 6.6%.

•  This growth is fuelled by an ageing 

population in the West and the improved 

wealth of the Chinese “middle class”.

2022

2021

2020

2019

2018

2017

Growth per year

250.5

249.5

254.4

256.7

259.4

260.1

5,000

3,000

1,900

1,281

546

325

20,555

17,116

14,124

11,558

9,087

6,819

5%

5.2%

5.4%

5.5%

5.5%

4.1%

What this means to Volex

How we are responding

•  Volex’s traditional markets for power cords are in decline due 

to changing technology. 

•  The competition for power cord sales to this reducing market 
will continue to intensify, putting further pricing pressure on 
already thin margins.

•  Targeting only those global customers with a premium brand 
name for which product quality and service reliability are as 
important as cost.

•  Diversifying our sales to new markets which will require 

Volex’s expertise in power cord production.

•  Looking at strategic initiatives to further reduce our cost 

base, such as more vertical integration.

•  New high-growth market for power cables to EVs.

•  During FY2018, Volex commenced shipment of power cords 

•  The high draw from the charger at maximum power over 
several hours will increase wear on a cable/socket and 
increase the likelihood of fire or electrical injury. Therefore 
quality and reliability in the power cord will be essential.

•  Volex manufactures a market-leading QSFP+ cable which 
supports four 10 Gbit/sec channels carrying 10 Gigabit 
Ethernet, 10GFC FiberChannel, or QDR InfiniBand. This is 
one of the fastest data transmission cables available and is 
produced at a competitive price from our Suzhou factory.

to a leading name in the manufacture of EVs.

•  FY2019 saw a significant increase in sales of power cords 

and adaptors into the EV market.

•  Our Shenzhen facility in South-East China is a dedicated EV 

power cord factory.

•  Significant growth is forecast in the FY2020 budget for EV 

power cords.

•  We currently have a key strategic partnership with a leading 
InfiniBand and Ethernet hardware supplier. We will look to 
further cement this relationship over the coming years.

•  Targeting those potential customers not covered by our 

strategic partnership and talking direct to their procurement 
teams in order to establish a trading relationship in the future.

•  Continue to fund our R&D function in order to ensure our 

high-speed data transmission cables remain at the forefront 
of cable technology. 

Healthcare

•  Global medical technology expenditure 

is expected to grow with a CAGR of 5% 

Global medical technology spend

•  Volex already supplies cabling solutions to a number of 
healthcare imaging manufacturers including one of the 
world’s largest. This company is looking to consolidate its 
fragmented supply chain and Volex is their preferred cable 
provider.

•  Volex is looking to build on its market position through 
focusing on our reputation for reliability and quality.

•  Due to the high-growth prospects in this field over the 

coming years, Volex continues to investigate other strategic 
initiatives to grow our sales.

26523 

  26 June 2019 4:59 pm 

  Proof  15

09

STRATEGIC REPORTwww.volex.comAnnual Report and Accounts 2019STRATEGIC REPORT

Our Business Model

Volex’s business 
model is based on 
adding value to 
customer products, 
delivered through our 
expertise in design 
and development and 
in manufacturing and 
testing, and through 
excellent customer 
service from our global 
footprint. 

We aim for “trusted partner” status 
with our customers, where we engage 
with their product development cycles 
at an early stage to provide solutions 
that meet their specific requirements 
for product performance and quality, 
greater efficiency, and timely delivery.

Across both of our divisions we 
can provide first-class contract 
manufacturing services or full-product 
development dependent upon the 
needs of the customer. 

Through the provision of these services 
we seek to create sustainable value for 
Volex and its shareholders.

Read more about Our  
Marketplace on page 08

Read more about Our  
Performance on page 20

POWER CORDS

CABLE ASSEMBLIES

PRODUCT 
DEVELOPMENT
If a customer wishes to  
outsource its entire cabling 
function, our team of experienced 
engineers can engage with the 
customer’s product development 
team at an early stage to design 
and build the best cabling solution 
for their needs. 

CONTRACT 
MANUFACTURING
Taking a customer blueprint, Volex 
can source the raw materials (either 
independently or from an Approved 
Vendor), build the manufacturing 
line and develop rigorous testing 
procedures to ensure the cable is 
produced in the required volumes,  
in accordance with national  
safety requirements, and at a  
low-cost price point.

WITHIN THESE MARKETS:

CONSUMER ELECTRONICS

DATACOMS/TELECOMS

HEALTHCARE

INDUSTRIAL 

AUTOMOTIVE

BEING DELIVERED THROUGH:

TO DELIVER SUSTAINABLE VALUE

The Volex brand is maintained and financial 
sustainability is generated throughout the process, 
adding value to both Volex and its shareholders. 

10

Volex plc

Stock code: VLX

26523 

  26 June 2019 4:59 pm 

  Proof  15

ENGINEERING/DESIGNSUPPLY CHAIN MANAGEMENTMANUFACTURINGGLOBAL LOGISTICSSTRATEGIC REPORT

Our competitive 
advantages are vital to 
Volex and underpin our 
business model: 

Unrivalled global  
manufacturing footprint 
None of our direct competitors is able 
to offer manufacturing facilities located 
over nine separate countries across 
three continents. Our global customers 
have access to one global supplier, 
but one with detailed knowledge of 
their key local markets and an ability to 
reduce local lead times.

Respected brand known  
for quality and reliability
Quality and reliability is of importance 
to our premium customer base. 
Volex has an enviable reputation 
in the market for safety and 
a detailed understanding of 
local regulatory requirements. 

Scale
In a fragmented power cord market, 
Volex is one of the largest producers, 
which allows us to benefit from 
economies of scale and significant 
purchasing power in the Chinese  
wire market.

OUR MARKETS

DELIVERY CHANNELS

Consumer Electronics
The supply of power cords to the 
manufacturers of PCs, laptops, 
tablets, printers, TVs and other 
domestic appliances. Cost tends 
to be a critical factor in winning 
new business in this field.

Healthcare
The supply of both power cords 
and complex wiring harnesses 
to the manufacturers of medical 
diagnostic equipment such as CT 
and MRI scanners. Quality and 
reliability are the critical success 
factors. 

Datacoms/Telecoms
The supply of industry-standard 
cables which can guarantee 
high-speed and reliable data 
transmission at a reasonable 
price point. This is seen as one of 
the key growth areas for Volex in 
the coming years.

Industrial
The supply of wiring harnesses 
to the industrial robotic industry. 
These harnesses can range 
from the simple to the extremely 
complex.

Automotive
The supply of power chargers 
to the electric vehicle industry. 
This is a relatively new market 
for Volex and one viewed as 
potentially high-growth, utilising 
our in-depth knowledge of power 
transmission. 

Engineering/Design
We design solutions that meet the power 
and connectivity needs of our customers 
while also addressing the challenges our 
customers face with their next-generation 
products.

We collaborate with our customers’ 
engineering teams at an early stage of 
the design/development cycle to produce 
design blueprints that utilise latest 
technologies to ensure cost-effective, 
high-performance products. Our design-
to-cost strategy seeks to ensure the 
products meet both the customer’s quality 
and price expectations. 

Supply Chain Management
We manage, on behalf of our customers, 
the sourcing of all required components 
for their cable assembly solutions. We 
seek to own the bill of materials for 
all our products, allowing selection of 
components that offer the best all-round 
performance after considering cost, 
quality and delivery response times.

Manufacturing
We manufacture and test cable assembly 
solutions according to customer 
requirements for volume, quality, lead-time 
and price.

Our global manufacturing footprint and 
distribution hubs enable cost-efficient 
localised production and effective 
inventory control.

Global logistics
We maintain facilities over three continents 
in order to be a “local” supplier to 
customers and better support their 
own production and speed-to-market 
objectives. Our customer hubs enable us 
to support fully our customers’ just-in-time 
manufacturing processes.

www.volex.com

Annual Report and Accounts 2019

11

26523 

  26 June 2019 4:59 pm 

  Proof  15

Strategy

Volex’s strategy is to diversify its customer base and expand its 
presence in cable assemblies. Volex is successfully expanding 
its customer base and market reach through an increasing focus 
on high-tech and higher-margin products as well as appropriate 
acquisition activity.

Product development

M&A

Corporate

Operational

Strategic objectives

Explore partnerships 
to further enhance 
product and 
technology solutions

Invest heavily in the 
Group’s engineering 
function

FY2019 progress

•  Further investment in Kepler SignalTek,  

a start-up manufacturer of complementary 
medical, high-frequency data transmission 
and specialist industrial cable assemblies

• 

Issue of three new patents for an  
electrical connector, locking connector  
and electrical plug

Strengthen the balance 
sheet and maintain a 
focus on increasing 
shareholder value

•  Return to cash 
generation

•  Exceeded market 
forecasts for sales 
and profits

•  Strong organic 
growth across  
both divisions

Consolidate the highly 
fragmented cable 
assembly industry. 
Look for opportunities 
for vertical integration 
within the Power Cords 
division

•  Acquired MC 
Electronics, a 
US-based cable 
assemblies company

•  Acquired trade and 
assets of Silcotec 
Europe Ltd, a 
European cable 
assemblies company

•  Acquired GTK, a UK-
based manufacturer 
of cable assemblies, 
connectors and 
display units

Maintaining cost 

competitiveness

Implementing lean 

initiatives across the 

Focus on quality and a 

Attract and retain the 

culture of continuous 

very best talent

Group and maximising 

improvement while 

operational efficiency

maintaining low scrap 

rates and on-time 

deliveries

Consolidation of 

the fragmented 

procurement process 

across the Group and 

challenge customers 

on their approved 

supplier list

to automate

•  Ongoing transfer of PVC production from our Shenzhen factory to Zhongshan, leading to better productivity and the opportunity 

•  Product standardisation project to enable automation

• 

Increased automation

FY2020 objectives

Read more about Our  
Performance on page 15

12

•  Bring new high-speed data cables to the 

•  Continue to 

•  Refinance the senior 

•  Develop Batam as a back-up site for high-speed cable manufacturing to counter US-China tariffs

•  Continue product standardisation with launch of V-Novus Hybrid range to grow our Power Cords business

•  Drive Kaizen activities across all sites and continue to introduce automation

• 

Identify and execute acquisitions of complementary businesses that have strong cash generation

market (QSFP-DD)

•  Seek further mutually beneficial partnerships 
that provide new products or new markets

• 

Integrate recent acquisitions

credit facility

•  Maintain recovery 
in share price and 
reinstate dividend 
payments

consolidate position 
in Power Cords 
and expand Cable 
Assemblies activities

•  Review integration 

of last year’s 
acquisitions

•  Seek further 
acquisitions  
which can add value 
to the Group

26523 

  26 June 2019 4:59 pm 

  Proof  15

Stock code: VLXVolex plcSTRATEGIC REPORTProduct development

M&A

Corporate

Strategic objectives

Explore partnerships 

to further enhance 

product and 

technology solutions

Invest heavily in the 

Group’s engineering 

function

Consolidate the highly 

Strengthen the balance 

fragmented cable 

assembly industry. 

Look for opportunities 

for vertical integration 

within the Power Cords 

division

sheet and maintain a 

focus on increasing 

shareholder value

Maintaining cost 
competitiveness

Consolidation of 
the fragmented 
procurement process 
across the Group and 
challenge customers 
on their approved 
supplier list

Operational

Implementing lean 
initiatives across the 
Group and maximising 
operational efficiency

Attract and retain the 
very best talent

Focus on quality and a 
culture of continuous 
improvement while 
maintaining low scrap 
rates and on-time 
deliveries

•  Further investment in Kepler SignalTek,  

•  Acquired MC 

•  Return to cash 

•  Ongoing transfer of PVC production from our Shenzhen factory to Zhongshan, leading to better productivity and the opportunity 

to automate

•  Product standardisation project to enable automation

• 

Increased automation

FY2019 progress

a start-up manufacturer of complementary 

medical, high-frequency data transmission 

and specialist industrial cable assemblies

Electronics, a 

US-based cable 

assemblies company

generation

•  Exceeded market 

forecasts for sales 

• 

Issue of three new patents for an  

•  Acquired trade and 

and profits

electrical connector, locking connector  

and electrical plug

•  Strong organic 

growth across  

both divisions

FY2020 objectives

market (QSFP-DD)

•  Seek further mutually beneficial partnerships 

that provide new products or new markets

• 

Integrate recent acquisitions

consolidate position 

credit facility

in Power Cords 

and expand Cable 

Assemblies activities

•  Maintain recovery 

in share price and 

reinstate dividend 

•  Review integration 

payments

•  Bring new high-speed data cables to the 

•  Continue to 

•  Refinance the senior 

•  Develop Batam as a back-up site for high-speed cable manufacturing to counter US-China tariffs

•  Continue product standardisation with launch of V-Novus Hybrid range to grow our Power Cords business

•  Drive Kaizen activities across all sites and continue to introduce automation

• 

Identify and execute acquisitions of complementary businesses that have strong cash generation

assets of Silcotec 

Europe Ltd, a 

European cable 

assemblies company

•  Acquired GTK, a UK-

based manufacturer 

of cable assemblies, 

connectors and 

display units

of last year’s 

acquisitions

•  Seek further 

acquisitions  

which can add value 

to the Group

26523 

  26 June 2019 4:59 pm 

  Proof  15

13

STRATEGIC REPORTwww.volex.comAnnual Report and Accounts 2019Key Performance Indicators
Volex has six measures by which it assesses performance:

1

2019

2018

2017

2016

2015

Annual Revenue  
change (%)

2

2019

2018

2017

2016

2015

15

01

-13

-13

06

Underlying volumes 
of PVC cable sales 
(millions of units)

117.8

123.8

140.2

144.1

145.4

3

2019

2018

2017

2016

2015

Factory utilisation  
(%)

58

57

55

45

49

As well as revenue growth in 
the historic Volex business, the 
acquisitions completed during the 
year contributed $44.8 million to the 
Group’s revenue increase.

Reduction in PVC volumes as 
traditional consumer electronic 
markets contract. The reduction has 
enabled the PVC transfer plan, with 
Zhonghsan becoming a dedicated 
PVC factory. There have been 
increases in sales associated with 
electric vehicle charging. 

Factory utilisation has increased as the 
Group continues to focus on efficiency 
and maximising the Group’s global 
footprint. 

4

2019

2018

2017

2016

2015

Inventory holding days  
(days)

68

62

61

64

57

Following the acquisitions, the Cable 
Assemblies division has expanded 
significantly. The division typically 
experiences a slow inventory turn 
due to longer lead times, goods in 
transit and the nature of high-mix/low-
volume production. Within the Power 
Cords division, inventory levels were 
maintained. The division experiences 
a lower holding time due to the higher 
production runs and commonality  
of parts.

5

2019

2018

2017

2016

2015

Operating cash flow 
before movement in 
working capital ($’m)

21.2

12.5

8.3

10.1

7.9

6

2019

2018

2017

2016

2015

Return on Capital 
Employed (“ROCE”) (%)

26.7

31.3

20.3

13.4

14.5

Cash generated by our operations has 
increased due to improved trading 
and profitability and the impact of 
the acquisitions during the year. This 
metric provides a useful indicator of 
the underlying cash generation in the 
business.

The net asset base has increased 
significantly following the equity raise. 
The ROCE has decreased following 
investment in the business and 
acquisitions.

14

26523 

  26 June 2019 4:59 pm 

  Proof  15

Stock code: VLXVolex plcSTRATEGIC REPORT 
 
 
 
 
 
Many of our competitors are highly 
vertically integrated, which helps them 
price competitively and secure decent 
margins. Cable purchases represent 
approximately 40% of our Power Cords 
sales, and we are looking at the right 
ways to deliver vertical integration and to 
reduce our reliance on a small number of 
cable suppliers.

We have made significant progress in 
some locations in delivering marked 
improvements in efficiency. We are 
motivated by the opportunity to drive best 
practice across our entire manufacturing 
estate. By learning what works well in 
one location and refining the deployment 
of new activities, we can accelerate our 
improvement programme.

Operational Review
John Molloy / Chief Operating Officer

The cost of labour is increasing in many 
of our manufacturing locations. This 
makes the case for implementing further 
automation more compelling. We also 
keep our geographic footprint under 
review to ensure we are making the 
right products in the right locations. The 
automation we have delivered on our 
production lines has been a great success 
and we will continue this roll-out where it 
makes sound commercial sense.

Standardisation goes hand in hand with 
automation. By moving to fewer, more 
consistent products, we can deliver 
greater efficiency and lower prices. Our 
V-Novus Hybrid range launched recently 
and we are in the process of gaining the 
necessary product approvals with our 
customers to switch production to these 
products.

We are fortunate to have a strong 
engineering function with significant 
experience of developing customer 
solutions. This allows us to offer solutions 
rather than just products and ensures that 
we meet the technical demands of our 
customers.

Operational excellence
We are building on the success of 
improvements we have implemented in 
our procurement process by focusing 
on how we manage the customer offer 
and quotation process. By improving 
our responsiveness and making sure 
we are demonstrating our ability to 
respond to complex requirements 
we intend to improve our win rate in 
competitive request for quotation 
(“RFQ”) situations.

The improvements we have made 
to supplier management are giving 
us a better understanding of the 
risks in our supply chain. This 
helps us to improve delivery to 
customers and to identify where 
there are opportunities for cost 
savings.

I’m pleased with the progress that we 
have made during the last year and 
believe there are significant opportunities 
for further improvement as we move 
forward. We operate in a difficult 
and competitive environment, which 
means that we need to be clear about 
where we can be successful. We have 
earned a strong reputation for quality 
and delivering on our commitments to 
customers. While this means that we 
will not try and compete on price alone, 
we also recognise that we need to offer 
a compelling customer proposition that 
aligns with the market.

We continue to identify areas that require 
change within our business. There is still 
a lot of work to do, but we are planning 
and delivering incremental improvements 
that have a meaningful impact. We 
are lucky to have talented colleagues, 
efficient manufacturing locations and 
good relations with our customers. 
Our improvement strategy focuses on 
leveraging these attributes.

The Power Cords division competes 
in a fragmented marketplace where 
there is often little differentiation in a 
commoditised product set. Our ambition 
is not to chase volume or win at the 
lowest price. We work with customers 
who appreciate the effort we put into 
ensuring the safety and reliability of the 
end product. By getting the combination 
of products and customers right, we 
can continue to operate profitably in this 
segment.

Our acquisitions are an exciting 
development for the Group and offer 
us great opportunities to develop our 
products, to cross-sell and to drive 
consistency across the organisation. 
We are identifying and refining the ways 
in which we integrate and embed the 
new acquisitions into the existing Volex 
business and the future prospects are 
very promising.

Product standardisation  
and automation
There is an attitude of continually driving 
efficiency in our organisation. By reviewing 
our manufacturing process flow we can 
identify where there are opportunities 
for improvement. We are good at 
understanding what works in our business 
and taking a straightforward approach to 
delivering change.

26523 

  26 June 2019 4:59 pm 

  Proof  15

STRATEGIC REPORTwww.volex.comDivisional Review 
Power Cords

$’000

Revenue
Underlying* gross profit
Underlying* gross margin
Operating costs
Underlying* operating profit
Underlying* operating margin
Operating profit

52 weeks 
ending
31 March  
2019

52 weeks 
ending
1 April 2018
(restated)**

PVC

Revenue 
$138.1m

Volume
111.8m

198,885
36,377
18.3%
(23,148)
13,229
6.7%
11,557

203,569
33,877
16.6%
(21,765)
12,112
6.0%
11,484

Halogen-free

Revenue 
$18.0m

Volume
5.1m

Duck heads

Revenue 
$8.1m

Volume
9.9m

Internal harnesses and other

Revenue 
$34.7m

Revenue growth FY2018 to FY2019

203,569

198,885

154,984

-2.3%

171,095

10.3%

48,525

-42.8%

27,794

FY 2018

FY 2019

Largest Customer

Others

Progress in year: Significant decline in 
largest customer offset by growth in other 
accounts

Power Sales by end market

Largest customer

PC
Printer

Largest customer

PC
Printer

Domestic

Domestic

* Before adjusting items and share-based payments charge.

**  Certain revenues and costs associated with specific customers were transferred between the 

Power Cords and Cable Assemblies divisions in order that each factory could be wholly identifiable 
as a Power Cords or Cable Assemblies contributor.

Volex designs and manufactures power 
cords, duck heads and related products 
that are sold to manufacturers of a broad 
range of electrical and electronic devices 
and appliances. Volex products are used 
in laptops, PCs, tablets, printers, TVs, 
games consoles, power tools, kitchen 
appliances, vacuum cleaners and electric 
vehicles. Volex is one of the world’s 
largest global power cable suppliers. 
Our global presence differentiates us 
from our fragmented China-based 
competition, and is increasingly important 
as companies look to source products 
from outside of China due to the impact 
of tariffs.

The market for power cords is highly 
competitive, with customers deploying 
multi-sourcing strategies and expecting 
regular productivity improvements and 
price reductions over the product life cycle. 
In order to compete effectively, suppliers 
in the market require efficient large-scale 
production facilities in low-cost regions. 

The Power Cords division’s key 
manufacturing facilities are located 
in South-East China, Indonesia and 
Vietnam. However, all the Group’s facilities 
throughout the world can be utilised 
to manufacture power cord products 
if required. With the key raw materials 
produced in China, our manufacturing 
tends to be concentrated in the two 
South-East China factories.

The Power Cords divisional revenue 
for FY2019 was $198.9 million, down 
2.3% on the prior period. This decrease 
included a reduction in revenue of 42.8% 
from the largest customer in the Power 
Cords division, where we have been 

16

managing the decline in revenue for a 
number of years. This customer now 
ships a USB-C charger rather than a 
traditional power cord with its laptops and 
their current duck head products are due 
to go end of life over the next 12 months. 
We are therefore expecting revenues from 
this customer to continue to decline. As 
a result of this decline, restructuring of 
the operations at the Shenzhen factory 
continued during the year. 

Other customers in the Power Cords 
division demonstrated strong growth. 
Excluding the sales to our largest Power 
Cords customer described in the previous 
paragraph, revenue grew by 10.3% 
from $155.0 million to $171.1 million. In 
particular, sales with one of the world’s 
leading electric vehicle manufacturers 
more than doubled year-on-year. This 
provides an indication of how the division 
is able to respond to changing technology 
and provide innovative solutions.

During the year the Group closed the 
factory in India and moved production to 
other facilities in the Group. Investment 
has continued in the factory in Batam, 
which is likely to become the principal 
location for Power Cords production 
growth outside of China, with some PVC 
production lines transferring across.

Gross margin has been improved by the 
removal of negative margin products 
from our portfolio and improvements in 
productivity and scrap rates following 
the roll-out of Kaizen manufacturing 
initiatives. Negative margins have now 
been eliminated and the focus has shifted 
to understanding and correcting product 
cost or selling price, where margins are 

26523 

  26 June 2019 4:59 pm 

  Proof  15

Stock code: VLXVolex plcSTRATEGIC REPORT 
particularly low. We review our prices each 
quarter to ensure that acceptable levels of 
profitability are maintained. 

A targeted automation programme is 
being rolled out in Zhongshan, creating 
productivity gains. This is combined with 
the reconfiguration of operations across 
the Chinese factories to maximise factory 
output and achieve greater fixed-cost 
recovery. Actions have included moving 
all PVC production from Shenzhen to 
Zhongshan, which will allow us to remove 
fixed cost in Shenzhen and benefit from 
lower labour rates in Zhongshan.

Further efficiency and automation benefits 
will come from the standardisation of 
the Power product offering, reducing 
the number of variants of essentially 
the same product. As a result, a new 
range of products, “V-Novus Hybrid”, 
was developed during the year. The 
engineering team is currently working to 
secure safety approvals on these new 
products and once certified all new sales 
will be made using the new range, with 
Volex also looking to transition existing 
customers to these products.

Many of our competitors operating in 
China have highly vertically integrated 
supply chains which allow them to offer a 
lower price on the end product. A review 
of opportunities to reduce input costs by 
integrating parts of our supply chain is 
ongoing.

The introduction of further tariffs on 
Chinese manufactured goods brought 
into the USA is likely to have an 
impact on decisions around where to 
manufacture products to be sold into 
this market. In addition, there is a risk 
that our competitors will be willing to 
reduce prices to maintain volumes in their 
factories in response to falling demand 
from US customers. This situation will 
be monitored closely. The flexibility to 
relocate manufacturing across our global 
production estate is one option to mitigate 
the impact of the tariffs. 

Market Trends

Our Response to These Trends 

The Power Cords sector remains a 
challenging one to operate in, due 
to the decline or flatlining of sales in 
traditional electronic-goods markets, 
and the low margins often involved in 
products. Competition in the sector 
remains strong, with pressure on pricing. 
However, growth areas exist, such as 
the electric vehicle segment.

We are constantly looking to see how 
we can cut our own costs and therefore 
remain competitive. We are also looking 
to build on EV-related business, working 
with new clients to develop products and 
expand our expertise.

Underlying  
Gross Margin

18.3%

16.6% (FY2018)

26523 

  26 June 2019 4:59 pm 

  Proof  15

STRATEGIC REPORTwww.volex.comDivisional Review 

Cable Assemblies

$’000

Revenue
Underlying* gross profit
Underlying* gross margin
Operating costs
Underlying* operating profit
Underlying* operating margin
Operating profit

52 weeks 
ending
31 March  
2019

52 weeks 
ending
1 April 2018
(restated)**

173,219
37,141
21.4%
(23,668)
13,473
7.8%
9,884

118,808
22,112
18.6%
(18,590)
3,522
3.0%
3,217

* Before adjusting items and share-based payments credit/charge.

**  Certain revenues and costs associated with specific customers were transferred between the 

Power Cords and Cable Assemblies divisions in order that each factory could be wholly identifiable 
as a Power Cords or Cable Assemblies contributor.

Volex designs and manufactures a 
broad range of cables and connectors 
(ranging from high-speed copper and 
fibre-optic cables to complex customised 
optical cable assemblies) that transfer 
electronic, radio-frequency and optical 
data. Volex products are used in a variety 
of applications including data networking 
equipment, data centres, wireless base 
stations and cell site installations, mobile 
computing devices, medical equipment, 
factory automation, vehicle telematics, 
agricultural equipment and alternative 
energy generation.

The Cable Assemblies division has its 
manufacturing facilities in North America, 
Mexico, Europe and China, all within 
close proximity to many existing and 
potential new customers. It operates in a 
fragmented market that is growing rapidly. 
Volex has several strong niche positions 
within data centres and the telecoms 
and healthcare sectors where customers 
utilise Volex expertise and manufacturing 
competencies.

The division’s product range is split into 
two categories:

•  High-speed – primarily copper, but 

also optical, passive and active cabling 
solutions that transmit data at rapid 
rates. High-speed products are used 
extensively in telecom and data centre 
environments.

Interconnect – bespoke cabling 
solutions designed to transmit data 
and DC power in the most effective 
means for our customers’ needs. 
Volex competes by producing highly 

• 

18

engineered, high-performance, 
application-specific cables, in close 
collaboration with its customers.

•  Revenue for FY2019 was $173.2 

million, up 45.8% on the prior year. 
This includes revenue of $44.8 
million from the three acquisitions, 
all of which are reported within the 
Cable Assemblies division. Excluding 
the acquisitions, revenue increased 
by $9.6 million, an improvement of 
8.1% on the prior year. This increase 
arose principally from the high-speed 
interconnect solutions and healthcare 
sectors, with a large online retailer 
providing significant growth in the 
period. However, that growth has 
been partially offset by the decline 
seen from a key US transportation 
and telematics customer. As we have 
noted previously, demand from this 
customer is cyclical and after a year of 
high demand, this year Volex is seeing 
reduced activity.

Underlying gross profit improved by 
$15 million, which included $12.1 million 
from the three acquisitions. The $2.9 
million organic improvement includes 
the benefit of selected price increases 
agreed in the second half of FY2019 and a 
resolution of certain operational issues that 
had a negative impact on the performance 
of the Tijuana facility in the prior year. This 
improvement represents an increase in the 
gross margin (excluding acquisitions) from 
18.6% in FY2018 to 19.6% in FY2019. 
The acquisitions improve the margins 
further as a result of the contribution 
from higher-margin products, delivering a 
blended margin of 21.4%.

26523 

  26 June 2019 4:59 pm 

  Proof  15

Wiring harness

Revenue 
$46.2m

Volume
1.6m

Multi-conduction I/O

Revenue 
$40.6m

Volume
4.9m

High-speed solutions

Revenue 
$29.0m

Volume
2.0m

Other data

Acquisitions

Revenue 
$12.6m

Revenue 
$44.8m

Revenue growth FY2018 to FY2019

118,808

173,219

45.8%

44,800

128.419

FY 2018

Traditional

FY 2019

Aquisitions

Progress in year: Strong growth in core 
business supported by contributions from 
three acquisitions

Data sales by end market

PC
Printer
Medical 
Domestic
Datacoms/Telecoms

Largest customer

Industrial/Transport

Stock code: VLXVolex plcSTRATEGIC REPORT 
Of the $5.1 million increase in operating 
costs, $6.2 million was attributable to the 
acquisitions, with $1.1 million of savings 
in the traditional business. The organic 
increase in operating costs was broadly 
in line with the increase in like-for-like 
revenue. Operating costs continue to 
represent an area of focus for the division, 
in order to continue to improve the future 
operational profit margins. 

The acquisitions made during the year 
present a great opportunity to develop 
and improve the Cable Assemblies 
division. The acquired entities have 
a number of significant relationships 
with customers that are either new to 
the Group or where there has been 
little traction in the past. This creates a 
platform for the cross-selling of the full 
suite of Volex Cable Assemblies and 
Power Cords products.

Looking forward, the Cable Assemblies 
division is targeting growth through 
new business development and further 
penetration of existing accounts. The 
acquired businesses include talented 

sales specialists who will complement 
the existing sales organisation. There 
are plans to be first to market with 
next-generation high-speed copper data 
cables that we expect will be popular with 
data centre customers as demand for 
ever-increasing bandwidth continues.

The focus on efficiency will continue in the 
coming year with further Kaizen initiatives 
in the plants and the introduction of 
automation where this improves our 
financial returns. By maintaining a strong 
focus on quality and delivering products at 
competitive prices, the division is targeting 
sales growth. This will be underpinned by 
efforts to improve customer engagement 
in the sales life cycle through centralising 
the quotation process and ensuring 
consistency in pricing.

Market Trends

Our Response to these trends 

Global data traffic is expected to 
continue to grow year on year, as is 
spending on medical technology, offering 
opportunities for Volex in a sector that 
sometimes presents more complex 
engineering demands but as a result 
potentially higher margins.

We are well placed to maintain our 
position in this sector and to develop 
new business, especially with our 
recent acquisitions, which have a strong 
presence in specialist fields such as 
healthcare.

Underlying  
Gross Margin

21.4%

18.6% (FY2018)

26523 

  26 June 2019 4:59 pm 

  Proof  15

STRATEGIC REPORTwww.volex.comFinancial Review
Daren Morris / Chief Financial Officer 

FY2019 has seen an  
 improvement in  
 profitability in  
 both divisions , as a 
result of operational 
improvements and a 
change in business 
mix to higher-margin 
products.”

Power Cords division 
Cable Assemblies division 
Unallocated central costs
Divisional underlying results
Adjusting operating items
Share-based payments
Operating profit
Share of net loss from associates
Net finance costs
Profit before taxation
Taxation
Profit after taxation
Basic earnings per share: 
Statutory
Underlying

52 weeks to 
31 March 2019

52 weeks to 
1 April 2018

Revenue
$’000

198,885
173,219

372,104

Revenue
$’000

203,569
118,808

322,377

Profit/
(loss) 
$’000

13,229
13,473
(5,096)
21,606
(6,226)
(2,388)
12,992
(210)
(1,147)
11,635
(2,429)
9,206

Profit/
(loss) 
$’000

12,112
3,522
(4,177)
11,457
(1,552)
(1,132)
8,773
(192)
(1,586)
6,995
(3,070)
3,925

6.9 cents
13.1 cents

4.4 cents
9.2 cents

Measuring financial performance
The Group continues to use a number of specific measures to 
assess its performance and these are referred to throughout 
this Annual Report in the discussion of the performance of the 
business. These measures are not defined in IFRS, but are used 
by the Board to assess the underlying operational performance of 
the Group, and as such, the Board believes these performance 
measures are important and should be considered alongside the 
IFRS measures. These measures include:

Measure

Definition

Underlying profit

Underlying EPS

Free cash flow

Operating profit/profit before 
adjusting items and share-
based payment expense/
credit

Earnings per share adjusted 
for the impacts of adjusting 
items and share-based 
payment expense/credit 

Net cash flow before 
financing activities and 
transactions in own shares 

26523 

  26 June 2019 4:59 pm 

  Proof  15

Stock code: VLXSTRATEGIC REPORTTrading performance
During the year, the Group completed 
the acquisitions of MC Electronics 
LLC (“MC”), Silcotec Europe Limited 
(“Silcotec”) and GTK (Holdco) Limited 
(“GTK”). These acquisitions are included 
within the Cable Assemblies division 
and are currently trading in line with 
their acquisition plans. The acquisitions 
present opportunities to drive scale and 
efficiencies in respect of procurement and 
sales so that Volex maximises the benefits 
arising from an enlarged and global Cable 
Assemblies division.

The three acquisitions have contributed 
$44.8 million to revenue, with over 90% of 
that revenue derived from customers that 
Volex had little or no relationship with prior 
to acquisition. This has made a significant 
contribution to the Group’s strategy of 
diversifying the customer base. The 
acquisitions deliver higher margin than 
the rest of the Group partly due to their 
product mix (for example higher-margin 
healthcare cable assemblies as opposed 
to commoditised power cords) and partly 
due to a lower overhead cost structure.

Group revenue increased by 1.5% 
excluding the impact of acquisitions (the 
“traditional” Group), from $322.4 million 
in FY2018 to $327.3 million in FY2019. 
The like-for-like growth was driven by a 
strong sales performance in the Cable 
Assemblies division, where revenue 
increased by 8.1%, from $118.8 million 
in FY2018 to $128.4 million. Power 
Cords revenue fell by 2.3%, from $203.6 
million to $198.9 million. It is important 
to note in Power Cords that revenue 
from our historically largest customer 
continued to decline from $48.6 million 
to $27.8 million. Excluding this customer, 
the remaining Power Cords revenue 
increased by 10.3%. We were able to 
drive revenue growth in areas where we 
have invested in compelling solutions and 
are able to deliver high-quality products 
for technically demanding applications. 
This included strong growth in Cable 
Assemblies for healthcare products and 
high-speed cables for deployment in 
data centres and a continuation in Power 
Cords of our push into the promising 
electric vehicle segment. 

As a Group, we continue to focus on 
delivering products at competitive prices 
by optimising the production process 
and identifying the most efficient ways 
of working. Where increases in our cost 
base are unavoidable, we aim to have 
transparent conversations with our 
customers regarding price increases. 
By matching the types of products 
and product volumes to the different 
characteristics of our factories, we ensure 
that we deliver a level of production which 
covers the factory overheads and delivers 
an acceptable return at each and every 
location. Our work to improve productivity, 
manage scrap rates and roll out Kaizen 
manufacturing initiatives helped increase 
the underlying gross margin in our 
traditional business to 18.8% (FY2018: 
17.4%). This was also helped by the 
introduction of automated production 
lines in the second half of the year, which 
is expected to drive further productivity 
improvements in future periods.

The underlying operating profit from 
the traditional Volex business (before 
unallocated central costs) increased by 
$5.2 million to $20.8 million (FY2018: 
$15.6 million). Controlling operating 
costs continues to be an area of focus 
to maximise the benefit from increases 
in profitability. During the year, the three 
acquisitions added a further $5.9 million 
to operating profit. This is an encouraging 
performance and we expect to make 
further progress in improving profit 
margins in future periods.

Adjusting operating items and 
share-based payments
The Group has incurred costs of $8.6 
million in FY2019 (FY2018: $2.7 million). 

As part of managing declining revenues 
from a significant Power Cords customer, 
it was necessary to downsize our factory 
in Shenzhen, China. This resulted in 
severance costs of $1.5 million. In the 
previous year we incurred restructuring 
costs in Shenzhen, as well as costs 
associated with restructuring our 
European and South Korean sales teams 
and our Singapore regional head office.

The Group closed its Indian manufacturing 
facility during the year. Several of the key 
accounts previously served by the Indian 
factory have been retained and will be 
serviced from other factories. Volex has 
incurred closure costs of $0.5 million in 
relation to redundancies, asset sales and 
retention bonuses (several key personnel 
were paid bonuses to help close the 
factory in an orderly manner). During 
the review of the balance sheet, certain 
accounting irregularities were identified 
that have been fully provided for and 
appropriate action taken. This gave rise to 
an additional net $0.3 million charge.

As a result of the three acquisitions during 
the year, we incurred legal charges and 
some additional costs to ensure the 
retention of certain key individuals who are 
critical to the ultimate integration of the 
acquired businesses and their continued 
successful operation immediately 
following the transaction. In total, these 
costs came to $1.8 million in the period. 
The Group also recognised $2 million 
of amortisation expense associated 
with intangible assets recognised on 
acquisition.

The Group recognised a one-off pension 
past service cost of $0.5 million as a result 
of Guaranteed Minimum Pension (“GMP”) 
equalisation. This was partly offset by 
a $0.3 million release of a provision no 
longer required.

The share-based payments charge 
in the year was $2.4 million (FY2018: 
$1.1 million). The increase in the charge 
reflects the impact of the acquisitions 
as well as revised expectations of the 
likelihood of meeting non-share price 
related performance conditions.

Share of net loss from associates
During the year, the Group made a further 
investment of $1.3 million in cumulative 
preference shares of Kepler SignalTek 
(“KST”), a manufacturer of medical high-
frequency data transmission and specialist 
medical and industrial cable assemblies. 
This product range complements the 
current Volex Cable Assemblies product 
offering, providing opportunities for cross-
selling. As at year end, we hold preference 
shares with a value of $1.8 million in 
respect of our investment.

With KST in its start-up phase, it has 
generated losses in the period to 
31 March 2019. As a result, the equity 

21

26523 

  26 June 2019 4:59 pm 

  Proof  15

STRATEGIC REPORTwww.volex.comAnnual Report and Accounts 2019Financial Review
continued

element of the investment has been 
equity-accounted to nil. The business has 
made good progress in its objectives and 
is working with a solid list of customers 
on several promising projects. The 
current trading performance is in line with 
expectations for a business at this point in 
its life cycle, and management is confident 
that it has the opportunity to develop 
successfully in the future.

The Group’s other associate, Volex-Jem 
Co Ltd (“JEM”), is a Taiwanese holding 
company that owns a controlling interest 
in a Chinese cable production company. 
JEM is one of our options to attempt 
to deliver vertical integration to support 
further efficiencies in the Power Cords 
division. We continue to explore ways to 
accelerate the pace and scale of vertical 
integration. 

Net finance costs
Total net finance costs in FY2019 were 
$1.1 million (FY2018: $1.6 million). The 
underlying reduction in net finance costs 
is due to the lower average net debt level 
throughout FY2019 in comparison to the 
prior year. 

Refinancing
In June 2018, the Group raised $46.7 
million through the issue of 48 million 
shares at £0.75 each. Some of the 
proceeds were used to fund the three 
acquisitions that were made during the 
year.

The Group’s $30 million senior credit 
facility with Lloyds Banking Group 
plc and HSBC Bank plc, which was 
undrawn at year end, expires in June 
2019. Discussions are currently ongoing 
in respect of a replacement facility to 
provide capacity for further acquisitions 
and business growth in the future. 
These negotiations are expected to be 
concluded successfully in due course. We 
do not believe we will need to draw on the 
facility to meet our operational working 
capital requirements in the next year.

Tax
The Group incurred a tax charge of $2.4 
million (FY2018: $3.1 million) representing 
an effective tax rate (“ETR”) of 20.9% 
(FY2018: 43.9%). The rate in 2018 was 
significantly impacted by the adoption of 
the US “Tax Cuts and Jobs Act 2017” 
which resulted in an adjusted tax expense 
in 2018 of $1.8 million in the period. 

22

The underlying tax charge of $2.6 million 
(FY2018: $1.5 million) represents an ETR 
of 13.1% (FY2018: 15.7%). 

The underlying tax charge of $2.6 million 
(FY2018: $1.5 million) comprises an 
underlying current tax charge of $3.4 
million (FY2018: $0.7 million) and an 
underlying deferred tax credit of $0.8 
million (FY2018: charge of $0.8 million). 

The underlying current tax charge is 
calculated by reference to the taxable 
profits in each individual entity and the 
local statutory tax rates. Where tax losses 
are available, these have been used to the 
fullest extent possible to extinguish the 
taxable profit. 

An underlying deferred tax credit of $1.5 
million (FY2018: charge of $0.8 million) 
arose due to an increase in the deferred 
tax asset recognised on trading losses 
due to the utilisation based on future 
forecast taxable profits in certain regions. 

The adjusted tax credit of $0.2 million 
(2018: charge of $1.6 million) arises 
mainly on the amortisation charge on 
acquisitions. In 2018 the adjusted tax 
charge of $1.8 million on the new US tax 
legislation was offset by a $0.2 million tax 
credit arising from the adjusted operating 
items. 

As at the reporting date the Group has 
recognised a deferred tax asset of $4.3 
million (2018: $2.3 million). The Group 
recognised a deferred tax asset of $3.4 
million (FY2018: $1.9 million) in relation to 
tax losses. 

Earnings per share
Basic earnings per share for FY2019 
was 6.9 cents compared to 4.4 cents 
in FY2018, reflecting the improved 
performance in FY2019. The underlying 
fully diluted earnings per share was 12.7 
cents compared to 8.9 cents in FY2018.

Cash flow and net debt
Net cash increased from $9.9 million at 
1 April 2018 to $20.6 million at 31 March 
2019. This increase was primarily due 
to the $46.7 million raised through the 
equity issue in June 2018 (48 million 
shares issued at £0.75 each) less the net 
$24.9 million consideration paid on the 
acquisition of MC Electronics, Silcotec 
and GTK. Immediately after the acquisition 
of Silcotec, the Group provided Silcotec 
Europe with $2.3 million in order that it 
could pay off its external loan.

26523 

  26 June 2019 4:59 pm 

  Proof  15

Operating cash flow before movements 
in working capital was an inflow of $21.2 
million (FY2018: $12.5 million). The impact 
of working capital movements was an 
outflow of $24.7 million (FY2018: outflow 
of $4.1 million). The outflow comprises: 

•  a reduction in inventory leading 
to a cash inflow of $0.6 million 
(FY2018: outflow of $4 million). This 
improvement is due to tighter controls 
on inventory in key factories;

•  an increase in receivables leading 
to a cash outflow of $10.2 million 
(FY2018: $1.7 million). This increase 
is due to the increased level of 
trade, the acquisitions of GTK and 
MC Electronics plus the fact that 
the Silcotec business was acquired 
without any trade receivables. The 
cash collection of invoices raised prior 
to the acquisition date was left with 
the seller, with Volex responsible only 
for cash collection on sales post-
acquisition. At year end, Silcotec trade 
debtors totalled $4.8 million; and

•  an outflow related to payables of 

$15.1 million (FY2018: $1.5 million). 
Following the equity raise, the Group 
decided to take advantage of prompt 
payment discounts offered by several 
key suppliers in order to improve 
margins, resulting in a reduction in 
payables.

After aggregated outflows for tax and 
interest of $3.2 million (FY2018: $3.4 
million), the net cash generated from 
operations was an outflow of $6.7 million 
(FY2018: $4.9 million inflow). Of this a 
$3.4 million outflow had been generated 
from normal trading activity (FY2018: 
$5.9 million inflow) with $3.3 million spent 
on adjusting items. These adjusting 
items include restructuring fees (such as 
severance payments) and professional 
fees associated with corporate activity. 

The acquisition of businesses, net of 
cash acquired, led to an outflow of $23.9 
million (FY2018: nil). Capital expenditure 
in FY2019 was $3.2 million (FY2018: 
$2.4 million). A further $1.3 million was 
invested in Kepler SignalTek preference 
shares (FY2018: $0.8 million investment in 
associates).

Stock code: VLXVolex plcSTRATEGIC REPORTUnder the senior credit facility, the Group 
repaid $12.8 million (FY2018: $7.3 million) 
in the year. 

As a result of the above cash flows, the 
Group experienced a $1.9 million net cash 
outflow (FY2018: $6.1 million) for the year. 
As at 31 March 2019, the Group held net 
funds of $20.6 million compared with net 
funds of $9.9 million at 1 April 2018. 

Banking facilities, covenants and 
going concern
During the year, the Group had access 
to a $30 million multi-currency combined 
revolving credit, overdraft and guarantee 
facility (“RCF”). This facility was provided 
by a syndicate of two banks (Lloyds 
Banking Group plc and HSBC Bank plc) 
and was undrawn at year end.

The key terms of the facility were as 
follows:

•  available until 30 June 2019;

•  no scheduled facility amortisation; and

• 

interest cover and total debt: EBITDA 
leverage covenants.

As at 31 March 2019, the loan facility was 
undrawn (FY2018: drawn in the amount 
of $13.6 million) with a further $0.3 
million drawn under the cash pool facility 
(FY2018: $1.8 million). After accounting 
for bonds, guarantees and letters of 
credit, the remaining headroom as at 31 
March 2019 was $29.1 million (FY2018: 
$14.2 million).

Under the terms of the facility, the two 
covenant tests above must be performed 
at each quarter-end date. Throughout 
FY2019 both covenants were met. 

A credit of $0.1 million has been 
recognised in cost of sales in FY2019 
(FY2018: credit of $0.8 million) in respect 
of copper hedging contracts that closed 
out during the period. This credit has 
arisen since the average LME copper 
price in the period has been above the 
contracted price.

Defined benefit pension schemes
The Group’s net pension deficit under IAS 
19 as at 31 March 2019 was $2.4 million 
(FY2018: $3.3 million). The decrease is 
primarily due to the $0.9 million pension 
contributions made by the Company 
during the period. 

UK referendum on EU 
membership
At the time of writing, the exact nature 
of the UK’s future trading relationship 
with the EU is still unclear. At present 
our power cord sales into Europe are 
manufactured in Asia and then shipped 
to Tilbury docks in Essex before onward 
shipment to the end customer. Annual 
European sales from our Power Cords 
division are approximately $14 million, 
with roughly half of these sales remaining 
in the UK for a UK end customer. We 
have identified alternate landing locations 
in mainland Europe to take delivery of 
the half of sales destined for EU end 
customers. For our Cable Assemblies 
sales, the level of sales to UK customers 
is small. Therefore we believe the impact 
upon the business will be minimal. 

Daren Morris
Chief Financial Officer and  
Company Secretary

The Group’s forecasts show that the 
Group should, taking account of the cash 
reserves available at year end, continue 
to operate in compliance with its banking 
covenants during the remaining term of 
the facility. Given the equity raise that 
occurred during the year, the Directors 
believe that on expiry of the facility on 30 
June 2019, the Group can continue its 
normal operations without drawing on a 
facility in the next 12 months. The Group 
is in advanced discussions with banks 
to agree a new facility to provide future 
financial flexibility.

The Directors have, at the time of 
approving the financial statements, a 
reasonable expectation that the Company 
and the Group have adequate resources 
to continue in operational existence for at 
least 12 months from the date of these 
accounts. Accordingly, they continue 
to adopt the going concern basis in 
preparing the financial statements.

Financial instruments and cash 
flow hedge accounting
The Group enters into contracts with 
financial institutions which are linked to 
the average copper price as published 
by the London Metal Exchange (“LME”). 
The purpose of these contracts is to 
mitigate the Group’s exposure to copper 
price volatility observed in the Group’s 
cost of sales (see page 27 where rising 
commodity prices have been identified as 
a key risk). 

These contracts act as an economic 
hedge against the impact of copper 
price movements. They meet the hedge 
accounting requirements of IFRS 9 and 
therefore are accounted for as cash flow 
hedges of forecast future purchases of 
copper. As at 31 March 2019, a financial 
asset of $0.1 million (FY2018: $0.2 
million) has been recognised in respect 
of the fair value of open copper contracts 
with a corresponding $0.1 million credit 
recognised in reserves. This credit is 
retained in reserves until such time as the 
forecast copper consumption takes place, 
at which point it will be recycled through 
the income statement.

26523 

  26 June 2019 4:59 pm 

  Proof  15

23

STRATEGIC REPORTwww.volex.comAnnual Report and Accounts 2019Group Risk Management

Risk governance 
Given the risks and uncertainties involved 
in operating in a complex, competitive 
and fast-changing global environment, 
identifying, understanding and managing 
those risks is essential to the Group’s 
long-term success and sustainability.

The Board is mindful of the requirement 
in the QCA Code on it “to ensure that the 
company’s risk management framework 
identifies and assesses all relevant risks 
in order to execute and deliver strategy”, 
including the need to determine “the 
extent of exposure to the identified risks 
that the company is able to bear and 
willing to take”.

The Board has overall responsibility for 
the management of risk within the Group 
as part of its role in providing strategic 
oversight, while responsibility for reviewing 
the effectiveness of the Group’s system of 
internal controls and risk management is 
delegated to the Audit Committee. 

Risk management process
The Group conducts an annual risk survey 
of all its senior management across its 
various global locations and subsidiary 
entities, which this year included the 
Group’s recent acquisitions. Recipients 
in turn consult staff at an operational or 
functional level, so providing a detailed 
and extensive assessment of risks and 
threats, which is presented to the Board 
for consideration at the start of each 
financial year.

Major risks are categorised in a matrix 
that reflects both likelihood of occurrence 
and potential impact on the business from 
a strategic, operational, compliance and 
financial perspective, and ranks them 
accordingly. The extent to which such 
risks are being mitigated is also evaluated, 
and finally an assessment is then made 
of whether each risk appears to be 
increasing or decreasing.

The Board

Overall responsibility 
for risk management

Top Down Risks

Strategic Risk assessment at 
Executive and Board level

Audit Committee

Supports the Board

Principal Risks

Strategic 

Operational

Compliance

Financial

Bottom Up Risks
Risks assessed at operational 
and functional level

Risk management processes are 
established within business practices 
across the organisation whenever 
possible. For identified risks, a mitigation 
plan is established and progress against 
the plan is reviewed, discussed and 
reassessed at least annually. Risk 
reporting and monitoring is incorporated 
into periodic business and financial 
reviews by the executive team and the 
Board. A new Head of Internal Audit 
was appointed at the start of the new 
financial year, based in Singapore, who 
will strengthen the Group’s capacity to 
monitor, anticipate and manage risks 
across the Group.

Principal risks
The Group’s principal risks and how 
they are managed at Group level are 
summarised in the following section. 
They are not listed in any order of 
priority. The Board, having reviewed 
the risk survey results, considers these 
the most significant risks that could 
materially affect the future prospects or 
reputation of the Group, including those 
that would threaten its business model, 
future performance, solvency or liquidity. 
Identifying these potential risks assists in 
ensuring risk management procedures 
and internal controls exist to prevent them 
occurring, or to at least mitigate their 
impact should they occur. 

Principal risks are further classified as 
follows:

•  Strategic – Risks that potentially 

may affect the Group in delivering 
its strategy or achieving its strategic 
objectives.

•  Operational – Risks arising out of 

operational activities in areas such 
as sales and operations planning, 
procurement, warehousing, logistics 
and product development.

•  Financial – Risks relating to the 

finances of the business that may arise 
externally, such as financial market 
risk, or internally from the perspective 
of internal controls and processes.

•  Compliance – Risks relating to 

compliance with applicable laws and 
regulations.

24

26523 

  26 June 2019 4:59 pm 

  Proof  15

Stock code: VLXVolex plcSTRATEGIC REPORTDevelopments
The results of the risk survey for this financial year suggested a shift in perceived risks to the Group, with those relating to acquisition 
integration and HR/staffing issues taking over from customer concentration and competitors as the top identified potential risks. To a 
large extent, this reflects material changes in the Group’s structure and business operations since the last financial year.

Risk and Possible Impact

Risk Mitigation Activities

Trend

Strategic – Competitor Risk

The Group operates in highly competitive markets 
and faces competition from rivals operating at 
a lower cost base and with lower overheads. 
Within the Power Cords division, many of the key 
competitors are vertically integrated.

Increased competition and pricing pressures from 
customers may lead to reduced sales and profit 
margins, potentially impacting future growth, cash 
flow and profitability.

The Group intends to focus on markets and 
customers where we can differentiate on factors 
other than price, including engineering know-how 
and quality. 

Increased R&D investment and improved strategic 
marketing function. Improved purchasing and 
economies of scale via acquisition. Constantly 
improving procurement and production efficiencies  
to reduce cost.

Strategic – Customer Concentration Risk

A large proportion of the Group’s revenue 
continues to be derived from a small number 
of large customer accounts. The Group’s 
performance, financial condition and future 
prospects may be significantly impacted if 
allocation on a key customer account is reduced 
or lost or a key customer weakens its competitive 
position.

In recent years the Group has become  
less dependent on individual large customers.  
New customers have been brought on board.  
The largest Power Cords customer accounted 
for 7.5% of revenue this financial year, down from 
15.2% in the previous year.

Significant attempts are being made to diversify the 
customer base and win new business.

Strategic – Acquisition Integration

If dedicated resource is not assigned to the 
integration of new acquisitions and business 
ventures, and insufficient time given to post-
investment monitoring, there is the danger that 
the synergies envisaged in the pre-acquisition 
monitoring do not materialise and the full benefits 
of the acquisition are not realised.

Incentive plans are in place to ensure the Group 
retains key staff and management capability in 
newly acquired entities. These form a key part of 
acquisition agreements.

The extent to which new acquisitions will be left  
to run as standalone businesses or integrated into 
the core Volex Group is kept under review.

26523 

  26 June 2019 4:59 pm 

  Proof  15

25

STRATEGIC REPORTwww.volex.comAnnual Report and Accounts 2019Group Risk Management
continued

Risk and Possible Impact

Risk Mitigation Activities

Trend

Operational – Supplier Dependency Risk

The Group is reliant on single-source suppliers for 
key materials or critical components. Suppliers’ 
inability to meet our standards such as quality, 
reliability, demand and cost reductions may result 
in difficulties providing the same level of standards 
to our customers.

Operational – Quality Risk

Our customers specify quality, performance  
and reliability standards. Should our quality 
systems fail, the risk of customers receiving 
unsafe, faulty or non-performing products is 
increased. 

Subsequent customer complaints, warranty 
claims and product recall or replacement  
may result in reputational damage and  
reduced allocation.

Operational – Product Development

Power and data cable markets are impacted by 
disruptive technologies which include wireless 
data transmission, improved battery lives and 
new industry standards such as USB-C. Failure 
to adapt could lead to the loss of key accounts. 
Volex may not be leveraging advancements in 
technology in its business model to achieve or 
sustain competitive advantage. 

Operational – Key People/Staff

The Group is reliant on a small number of key 
executives who are leading the turnaround. 
Retention of those staff and succession  
planning remain an issue. Labour market 
conditions in the countries we operate in have 
also shifted, with high staff turnover in the Group’s 
factories a risk area.

This risk is being mitigated through proposed 
vertical integration and improved purchasing 
capability.

In addition, as a contract manufacturer, we are 
dependent to a large degree on customers’ 
approved vendor lists, so we lack control we might 
otherwise have on this aspect of our business. 

The Group has looked to improve quality controls, 
and ensure better coordination between the factory 
and sales force.

A new contract approvals process has ensured 
more focus on limiting and capping liabilities  
under any new sales agreements.

To the extent that Volex is a contract manufacturer, 
the Group is driven by customer needs and 
designs. The Group is nonetheless addressing this 
risk through increased R&D investment, acquisitions 
and an improved strategic marketing function. 

Key managers and staff have been given 
performance-related share awards, which are 
now starting to vest due to recent success, 
while remuneration levels for all senior staff are 
constantly under review. For the new financial year, 
a Global Head of HR has been employed to lead 
on succession planning and staff engagement and 
incentivisation more generally.

26

26523 

  26 June 2019 4:59 pm 

  Proof  15

Stock code: VLXVolex plcSTRATEGIC REPORT 
Risk and Possible Impact

Risk Mitigation Activities

Trend

Financial – Going Concern

The Group has a $30 million multi-currency 
revolving credit facility with onerous covenants. 
This expires in June 2019. 

Financial – Copper Price Volatility Risk

Many of the Group’s products, in particular power 
cords, are manufactured from wire components 
that contain significant amounts of copper. Wire 
components accounted for approximately 50% 
of the Group’s purchases for the year. As copper 
price volatility is the single largest commodity 
price exposure facing the Group and driven by 
market volatility, failure to manage the impact of 
copper price changes may result in erosion of 
profit margins and loss of competitive advantage.

Financial – Foreign Exchange

The Group is exposed to currency transactional 
risk relating to day-to-day sales and purchases 
with customers and suppliers. Reported results of 
overseas subsidiaries are subject to translational 
risk which may cause volatility in earnings and the 
balance sheet.

Improved Group performance and the recent 
fundraising have more or less eliminated this risk 
entirely. The current facility is undrawn and the 
Group is likely to be able to renew its credit facility 
on much improved terms this new financial year.

The Group maintains forward copper purchase 
contracts extending out 12 months, which are 
refreshed on a rolling monthly basis. Copper 
agreements are also being put in place with 
customers to offer additional assurance that Volex 
will not bear excessive risk from commodity price 
movements.

The Group’s central finance function closely 
monitors the exposure to key currencies such as 
the Chinese Renminbi, Euro and Pound Sterling. 
Hedging is undertaken where appropriate.

Compliance – Legal, Tax and Regulatory Compliance Risk

The Group is subject to diverse laws and 
regulations in the global markets in which it 
operates, particularly in certain territories where 
the risk is elevated due to jurisdictions with 
immature business practices and/or systems. 
Non-compliance with legislation or other 
regulatory requirements may compromise the 
Group’s ability to conduct business in certain 
jurisdictions. 

The Group takes an uncompromising approach 
towards non-compliance. The Group’s Code 
of Conduct provides a framework to general 
compliance and governance policies that have 
been established to ensure compliance with laws, 
regulations and standards. 

The compliance and audit functions have been 
enhanced recently by the recruitment of additional 
staff in London and Singapore.

26523 

  26 June 2019 4:59 pm 

  Proof  15

27

STRATEGIC REPORTwww.volex.comAnnual Report and Accounts 2019Corporate and Social Responsibility

The Volex Board is committed to the Group having a positive impact on the environment 
and society. The Board has responsibility for considering the Group’s strategy on matters 
including health and safety, diversity, compliance with ethical trading practices, conflict 
minerals, and modern slavery and human trafficking. The Group’s Code of Business 
Conduct and the range of more detailed internal policies that sit under it set out clear ethical 
values, which the Board expects all Group companies and staff to adhere to. In the new 
financial year, we are looking to establish new policy and practice on charitable donations 
and community involvement, especially in the overseas locations in which we operate.

Our people
The commitment, enthusiasm and skill of 
the people who work for Volex are critical 
if the Group is to continue its successful 
transformation. Communication with 
and input from staff are key, and the 
appointment in the new financial year 
of a new Global Head of HR to provide 
strategic direction and consistency across 
the Group in dealing with staff matters 
will be vital to building on that. All senior 
staff are expected each year, on behalf of 
their business units, to sign a certificate 
confirming their compliance with key 
internal Volex policies.

Equality and human rights
Volex is committed to generating benefits 
for all its stakeholders while ensuring that 
it does not infringe the human rights of 
others. We recognise that our employees 
are crucial to the ongoing success of the 
business and to how the Company is 
regarded by the wider market, and believe 
that all employees should be treated 
equally, fairly and with respect. 

Modern slavery
Modern slavery is a fundamental violation 
of human rights. It takes various forms, 
all of which seek to deprive a person of 
their liberty for another’s commercial or 
personal gain. Volex has a zero-tolerance 
approach to any form of modern slavery 
and is committed to ensuring there is no 
modern slavery or human trafficking in 
any part of its supply chains, or its own 
business. As required by UK law, we also 
publish a Modern Slavery Transparency 
Statement each financial year, which is 
made available on our website. We expect 
the same high standards from all of our 
contractors, suppliers and other business 
partners.

Diversity
Volex’s success is reflected in our 
diverse global workforce. To maintain 
our competitive edge, we believe it is 
important to maintain diversity in gender, 
ethnicity, age, thinking and background. 
Our total proportion of female staff 
across the Group, excluding the recent 
acquisitions, is 53.6%, although only 
seven out of 32 staff classed as senior 
management are female.

Health and safety
Volex maintains stringent safety practices 
and implements industry best practice 
across the Group. Each manufacturing 
site conducts programme training, risk 
assessments and regular management 
reviews to identify safety risks and ensure 
compliance with industry best practice. 
All sites comply with local law and 
regulations relating to health and safety, 
and most have ISO45001 or equivalent 
accreditation. 

Customers and suppliers
Just as Volex’s customers around the 
world demand strict adherence to high 
environmental and ethical standards, 
we demand the same of our suppliers, 
and introduced a new Supplier Code 
of Conduct this year. All traditional 
Volex sites, and all but one of the newly 
acquired sites, are ISO9001 certified and 
have adopted the Responsible Business 
Alliance Code of Conduct (formerly the 
Electronic Industry Citizenship Coalition 
Code of Conduct). Sites focused on 
medical equipment have ISO13485 
accreditation. We aim to meet any 
additional requirements explicitly 
requested by our customers.

Conflict minerals
Volex has a dedicated policy addressing 
the issue of conflict minerals. We are 
committed to avoiding the use of conflict 
minerals in our products, and we ask our 
suppliers to ensure that materials used in 
components and products they supply to 
us, including tin, tantalum, tungsten and 
gold, are conflict-free.

Our impact on the environment
We comply with all relevant statutory 
and regulatory requirements in the 
jurisdictions in which we operate. We 
monitor the environmental impact of 
our business activities and encourage 
employee awareness of waste reduction, 
recycling and responsible disposal. All 
manufacturing sites but one are ISO14001 
certified and have local waste-reduction 
and/or pollution-prevention programmes. 
We are compliant with the provisions of 
EU RoHS and EU REACH, and implement 
stringent controls to eliminate the use of 
hazardous substances. We offer products 
that are free from MCCP, phthalates, lead 
and DINP, and a range of halogen-free 
cables. 

Carbon reporting
Although as an AIM company Volex does 
not come under the UK’s mandatory 
greenhouse gas reporting regime this 
financial year, we nonetheless continued 
to undertake full carbon reporting as 
part of our commitment to sustainable 
environmental practices. Using data taken 
from all our worldwide sites over the past 
financial year, our emissions have again 
been assessed using the Greenhouse 
Gas Protocol and the UK Government’s 
Guidelines on Greenhouse Gas Reporting, 
to cover Scope 1, Scope 2 and Scope 3 
emissions.

28

26523 

  26 June 2019 4:59 pm 

  Proof  15

Stock code: VLXVolex plcSTRATEGIC REPORTSTRATEGIC REPORT

Tonnes of CO2e 

921.97
13,580.78
14,502.75
2.65

Tonnes of CO2e

1,157.13
15,659.88
2.86

Substantive comparisons with figures 
in the previous reports are difficult due 
to changes to the Group’s structure 
and factory footprint – these figures 
do include, prorata, those relating 
to the recent acquisitions, which we 
have incorporated into our monitoring 
programme – however we have 
undertaken initiatives to help to reduce 
our carbon emissions. For example,  
we are expanding our use of electric 
vehicles where possible and implementing 
energy-use reduction programmes in 
our factory sites. Overall, our carbon 
emissions are down on last year by 3%.

FY2019 global GHG emissions data
Scope 1 & 2 Direct Emissions from:

The Strategic  
Report on pages  
8 to 29 was approved  
by the Board and signed  
on its behalf by:

Daren Morris
Chief Financial Officer and  
Company Secretary

12 June 2019

Combustion of fuel and operations of facilities (GHG Protocol Scope 1)
Electricity, heat, steam and cooling purchased for own use (GHG Protocol Scope 2)
Total 
Intensity metric (tonnes CO2e / Full Time Equivalent employee)

Scope 3 Indirect Emissions from:

Supply chain, logistics and outsourced services (GHG Protocol Scope 3)
Total Emissions (Scope 1, 2 and 3)
Intensity metric (tonnes CO2e per employee) (Scope 1, 2 and 3 per emissions per employee)

Year-on-year comparison
Emissions from:

Scope 1
Scope 2
Total
Intensity metric (tonnes CO2e / Full Time Equivalent employee) (Scope 1 and 2) 
Scope 3
Total Emissions (Scope 1,2 and 3)
Intensity metric (tonnes CO2e per employee) (Scope 1,2 and 3 per emissions 
per employee)

Tonnes of CO2e

% change

2017-2018
685.64
14,164.01
14,849.65
2.61
1,288.67
16,138.32

2018-2019
921.97
13,580.78
14,502.75
2.65
1,157.13
15,659.88

+34.5%
-4.1%
-2.3%
+1.5%
-10.2%
-3.0%

2.84

2.86

+0.7%

29

26523 

  26 June 2019 4:59 pm 

  Proof  15

www.volex.comAnnual Report and Accounts 201932

33

34

38

41

56

60

Executive Chairman’s Introduction

Corporate Governance Report

Audit Committee Report

Directors’ Remuneration Report

Independent Auditors’ Report

Directors’ Report

e Board of Directors 
c
n
a
n
r
e
v
o
G

30

26523 

  26 June 2019 4:59 pm 

  Proof  15

Stock code: VLXVolex plcGOVERNANCE26523 

  26 June 2019 4:59 pm 

  Proof  15

31

www.volex.comAnnual Report and Accounts 2019GOVERNANCEBoard of Directors

The Honourable 
Nathaniel Rothschild
Executive Chairman

Daren Morris
Chief Financial Officer 
and Company Secretary

Dean Moore
Senior Non-Executive 
Director

Adrian Chamberlain
Non-Executive Director

Nathaniel Rothschild was 
appointed to the Board as  
a Non-Executive Director on 
15 October 2015 and became 
Executive Chairman on  
1 December 2015. He was 
previously Non-Executive 
Director of Barrick Gold 
Corporation, Genel Energy 
plc, Asia Resource Minerals 
plc and RIT Capital  
Partners plc.

Key areas of expertise
Sales & marketing, strategic 
planning and business 
development in developed 
and emerging markets.

Daren was appointed as 
interim Chief Financial Officer 
on 11 December 2014 and 
Chief Financial Officer on 
8 June 2015. Daren has spent 
the majority of his career in 
the financial services industry, 
where he was a managing 
director at UBS Investment 
Bank and Morgan Stanley, 
advising manufacturing and 
technology companies on 
their expansion and financing 
strategies. Daren is a qualified 
chartered accountant and 
holds a degree in Physics  
from Oxford University.

Key areas of expertise
All aspects of financial 
management, cost control, 
corporate finance, commercial 
and legal contract risk, 
company secretarial duties 
and investor relations.

Dean Moore was appointed as 
a Non-Executive Director on 
18 April 2017. He is Chairman 
of the Audit Committee, and a 
member of the Remuneration 
Committee and Nominations 
Committee. He is the Senior 
Independent Director.

Dean has wide ranging non-
executive director and public 
company experience. He 
currently sits on the Board of 
Cineworld Group plc. Formerly 
Chair of its Remuneration 
Committee, he now chairs 
its Audit Committee. He is a 
chartered accountant with 
extensive and relevant financial 
experience, having previously 
been Chief Financial Officer of 
Cineworld Group plc, N Brown 
Group plc, T&S Stores plc and 
Graham Group plc.

Key areas of expertise
Governance, risk 
management, mergers & 
acquisitions, managerial 
finance, strategy.

Adrian Chamberlain was 
appointed to the Board of 
Directors as a Non-Executive 
Director on 16 June 2016. 
He is Chairman of the 
Remuneration Committee, 
and a member of the 
Audit Committee and the 
Nominations Committee.

Adrian is Executive Chairman 
of Econsult Health Limited, a 
start-up cloud-based medical 
diagnostics and prescription 
company. Adrian is a proven 
director with experience in 
technology markets, customer 
development and business 
turnaround strategy. He holds 
an MA in History from Trinity 
College, Cambridge, and an 
MSc in Business Studies from 
London Business School. 

Key areas of expertise
Technology and telecoms 
markets, customer 
development, product 
management, marketing, 
and business turnaround 
strategies.

32

26523 

  26 June 2019 4:59 pm 

  Proof  15

Stock code: VLXVolex plcGOVERNANCEVolex remains 
committed to the  
 highest standards  
 of corporate  
 governance, to 
the benefit of all 
shareholders.”

Executive Chairman’s Introduction
Nathaniel Rothschild

The Non-Executive Directors have 
played a vital role in advising the 
Executive Directors this past year, 
through informal engagement as well 
as through attendance at formal Board 
and Committee meetings. They continue 
to provide effective and independent 
oversight of the Company’s strategy 
and its broad business operation. In the 
coming year, we are looking to appoint a 
third Non-Executive Director, with more 
operational industry experience, in order 
to strengthen that oversight and review 
capability. 

Our Corporate Governance Report is 
set out on pages 34 to 37 and explains 
how we manage the Group to follow the 
provisions of the QCA Code. It also sets 
out further details about the activity of the 
Board and its various Committees during 
the year. 

As Executive Chairman, I am committed 
to maintaining high standards of 
governance and effective leadership of 
the business. We believe our practical 
approach will continue to drive Volex’s 
long-term performance, while at the 
same time maintaining our values and 
the integrity of the Volex brand. 
We will continue to work 
hard to further improve our 
governance and overall 
Board performance, to the 
benefit of all shareholders. 
We do not intend to be 
complacent, but much 
has been achieved in 
recent years, and we 
remain committed to and 
confident about the future 
of the Company.

This corporate governance section 
of the Annual Report sets out what 
governance means to Volex and to me 
as Executive Chairman, both in itself 
and in terms of its impact on decision-
making in the business, and looks to 
assure shareholders and others we 
have embedded the values that they 
would expect to see in place. Corporate 
governance is not just a set of guidelines 
but a framework which underpins the core 
values of the business. It sets standards 
against which we can judge whether we 
are acting in the right way and for the 
right reasons when we make decisions, 
while ensuring we have all the appropriate 
and necessary safeguards, checks and 
balances in place. 

Since Volex’s move from the Main Market 
of the London Stock Exchange to AIM last 
financial year, we have looked to follow 
the Quoted Companies Alliance Corporate 
Governance Code (the ‘QCA Code’) in 
place of, as previously, the UK Corporate 
Governance Code. In September 2018, 
as required by AIM regulations, we 
formally acknowledged the QCA Code 
as our recognised code. We remain 
committed to those standards and 
continue to comply with the provisions of 
the QCA Code, with some exceptions. 

The Board retained its existing structure 
this financial year, including the Executive 
Chairman role, and intends to do so for 
the forthcoming year. We acknowledge 
that this is one respect in which we do not 
fully comply with the requirements of the 
QCA Code, which recommend a division 
between the role of Chairman and Chief 
Executive. However, given the ongoing 
progress made under this leadership 
arrangement, and since my interests 
continue to match closely those of other 
shareholders, the Board still believes that 
it is in the best interests of the Company 
for the arrangement to continue, at least 
for the time being. It is something though 
that remains under regular review. 

26523 

  26 June 2019 4:59 pm 

  Proof  15

www.volex.comGOVERNANCECorporate Governance Report
Daren Morris / Chief Financial Officer and Company Secretary

The Board continues 
to provide leadership 
within a framework 
of prudent and 
effective controls for 
risk assessment and 
management.”

This report, together with the Directors’ 
Remuneration Report on pages 41 to 
55, describes how the main principles 
of good corporate governance have 
been applied throughout our business. 
The Company has aimed to comply with 
the provisions of the QCA Corporate 
Governance Code for the year ended 
31 March 2019, and from that date up 
to the date of publication of this Annual 
Report and Accounts, other than as 
highlighted.

The role of the Board is to ensure the 
Company can generate sustainable 
growth and deliver long-term value for 
shareholders and stakeholders. The 
Board is also charged with establishing 
the governance, values and strategic aims 
of the Company, and is responsible for its 
management, direction and performance. 
The names, biographical details and 
dates of appointment of the members of 
the Board are set out on page 32.

The Board provides leadership within 
a framework of prudent and effective 
controls for risk assessment and 
management. The Board has a formal 
list of matters specifically reserved for 
its decisions, although it delegates 

its authority to its various 

Committees to assist in meeting 
its business objectives and 
to ensure a sound system 
of internal control and risk 
management.

The Executive Chairman, 
Nathaniel Rothschild, is 
responsible for the leadership 
of the Company and the Board 
and ensuring its effectiveness 
in all aspects of its role. The 
Executive Chairman is jointly 
responsible with the Senior 

Independent Director for creating 
the right Board dynamics and for 
ensuring that all important matters, 
including strategic decisions, receive 
adequate time and attention at 
Board meetings. 

The Executive Chairman, Chief 
Financial Officer and Chief 
Operating Officer are, together, 
responsible for the day-to-
day running of the business, 
developing corporate strategy 
and implementing Board 
decisions.

The Chief Financial Officer also acts 
as Company Secretary, and reports 
to the Executive Chairman and Senior 
Independent Director on governance 
matters. He is responsible for keeping 
the Board up to date on all legislative, 
regulatory and governance issues. He 
is also responsible for supporting the 
Executive Chairman and other Board 
members as necessary, including the 
management of Board and Committee 
meetings, advising on Directors’ duties 
and facilitating appropriate information 
flows between the business and 
the Board. Although this is not an 
arrangement preferred by the QCA Code, 
we believe such a structure is appropriate 
given the size of the Company. He 
receives support in this role from the 
Company’s Nominated Adviser and from 
an Assistant Company Secretary, who is a 
qualified lawyer. 

Non-Executive Directors are responsible 
for exercising independent and objective 
judgement to constructively challenge the 
decisions of executive management and 
satisfy themselves that the systems of 
business risk management and internal 
financial controls are robust. They are 
expected to spend as much time as is 
necessary to perform their duties.

Dean Moore acts as the Senior 
Independent Non-Executive Director. 
He provides a sounding board for the 
Executive Chairman when necessary, 
and is available to shareholders to 
address concerns regarding governance 
and, if necessary, other issues where 
resolution through the normal channels is 
inappropriate. 

Operation of the Board
The Board is responsible for setting the 
Company’s business objectives, reviewing 
oversight of risk, strategic development 
and effective corporate governance. It 
discharges these responsibilities through 
regular, scheduled meetings to review 
the Company’s financial and operational 
performance and to consider any other 
matters as appropriate, including potential 
merger and acquisition opportunities, risk 
management and shareholder feedback. 
In addition, when issues requiring the 
attention of the Board arise outside the 
regular schedule, the Directors collectively 
can discuss issues informally and/or 
action agreement via written resolutions.

34

26523 

  26 June 2019 4:59 pm 

  Proof  15

Stock code: VLXVolex plcGOVERNANCEVolex plc Board

Audit 
Committee

Remuneration
Committee

Nominations
Committee

Directors receive comprehensive 
briefing papers in advance of Board and 
Committee meetings. They have access 
to the services of the Company Secretary 
and external advisers, and can take 
independent professional advice at the 
Company’s expense if needed. 

Matters reserved for the Board
The Board delegates day-to-day 
management of the Company to the 
Executive Directors who, as appropriate, 
delegate to executive management. 
However, certain matters are reserved for 
decision by the Board, including:

•  approval of the annual budget;

•  approval of the Company’s objectives 
and setting its long-term strategy;

•  approval of material capital expenditure 

projects;

•  approval of acquisitions;

•  approval of half-yearly reports, 

trading updates, the preliminary 
announcement of year-end results and 
the Annual Report and Accounts;

• 

internal control and risk management; 
and

•  material contracts, expenditure and 

financing arrangements.

Board focus in FY2019
The major focus this year, following the 
financial recovery of the business, was 
to identify strategic gaps in capability in 
the Volex portfolio and begin to execute 
an acquisition strategy to fill those gaps. 
Activities included:

•  approval of a fundraising through the 

placing of 48,000,000 shares with new 
and existing institutional shareholders;

•  approval of continued investment 
in KeplerSignalTek to expand our 
capability in disposable medical 
cables;

•  expansion of our Cable Assemblies 
division with the acquisitions of MC 
Electronics and Silcotec Europe. The 
acquisitions brought management 
expertise in Europe and in North 
America, together with new customers 
for the Group;

•  acquisition of GTK, which brings new 
products to Volex and an important 
sales capability in the European 
market. 

In October 2018, the Board travelled 
to our factory in Tijuana, Mexico, for a 
three-day visit, where they reviewed the 
operational improvements being made in 
Tijuana to improve quality, on-time delivery 
and financial performance at that site. In 
addition, the full senior management team 
was in attendance and updated the Board 
on the key initiatives which will drive 
improved performance in Volex over the 
coming years.

Attendance at Meetings/Board 
process
The Board met nine times during the 
year, following a timetable set at the 
start of the year and based around the 
calendar of key upcoming events for the 
Company. The three Board Committees 
met eight times in total. The size of the 
Board allows it flexibility to meet on short 
notice in response to the needs of the 
business, and Non-Executive Directors 
are encouraged to communicate directly 
with Executive Directors and executive 
management between Board meetings. 

Directors attended all meetings of the 
Board and of those Committees of which 
they are members. Directors’ attendance 
at the Board and Committee meetings 
during the financial year was as per the 
table below:

Number of meetings

Executive Chairman 
Nathaniel Rothschild
Executive Director
Daren Morris
Non-Executive Directors
Adrian Chamberlain
Dean Moore

1. Attended by invitation.

Board  
(9 meetings)

Audit  
Committee  
(4 meetings)

Remuneration 
Committee  
(2 meetings)

Nominations 
Committee  
(2 meetings)

9/9

9/9

9/9
9/9

1/41

4/41

4/4
4/4

2/21 

2/21

2/2
2/2

2/2

2/21

2/2
2/2

35

26523 

  26 June 2019 4:59 pm 

  Proof  15

www.volex.comAnnual Report and Accounts 2019GOVERNANCECorporate Governance Report
continued

Committees of the Board 
The Board has delegated certain 
responsibilities to the following 
Committees:

• 

• 

• 

the Nominations Committee; 

the Audit Committee; and

the Remuneration Committee.

Each of the above Committees operates 
under defined terms of reference, which 
are available on the Company’s website. 
To ensure independent oversight of the 
audit and remuneration functions, only the 
Company’s independent Non-Executive 
Directors serve on those Committees; 
the Nominations Committee, however, 
is chaired by Nathaniel Rothschild. The 
Company Secretary acts as secretary to 
each Committee.

Nominations Committee
The members of the Nominations 
Committee are Nathaniel Rothschild 
(Chairman), Dean Moore and Adrian 
Chamberlain.

The Committee met twice during the year.

The Committee is responsible for 
reviewing the size and composition of the 
Board – including whether the balance of 
Executive Directors and Non-Executive 
Directors continues to be appropriate,  
succession planning and recommending 
suitable candidates for membership of the 
Board when such posts arise. 

In appointing a new Board member, the 
Committee evaluates the balance of skills, 
knowledge and experience of the Board 
and prepares a clear description of the 
role and the capabilities and strengths 
required to fulfil a particular appointment. 

Audit Committee
The members of the Audit Committee 
are Dean Moore (Chairman) and Adrian 
Chamberlain. 

The Committee met four times during  
the year. 

The Committee is responsible for 
monitoring the integrity of the Company’s 
financial statements, including its annual 
and half-yearly results, as well as for 
keeping the Company’s internal controls 
under review, overseeing the Internal Audit 
function and overseeing the relationship 
with the external auditors.

36

Details of the Committee’s activities and 
composition are contained in the Audit 
Committee Report on pages 38 to 40.

Remuneration Committee
The members of the Remuneration 
Committee are Adrian Chamberlain 
(Chairman) and Dean Moore.

The Committee met twice during the year.

The Committee is charged with 
determining and agreeing the 
remuneration of the Executive Directors 
as well as recommending and monitoring 
the structure of remuneration for senior 
management and the management of the 
Company’s share incentive scheme.

Details of the Committee’s activities are 
contained in the Directors’ Remuneration 
Report on pages 41 to 55.

Board effectiveness
Composition, independence and 
diversity on the Board
During the year the Board comprised 
the Executive Chairman, the Chief 
Financial Officer and two Non-Executive 
Directors, such that the QCA Corporate 
Governance Code requirement for at 
least two independent Non-Executive 
Directors has been met. Dean Moore and 
Adrian Chamberlain are considered by the 
Board to be independent of management 
and free from any business or other 
relationship that could materially interfere 
with the exercise of their judgement.

Currently, there is no female 
representation on the Board. The 
Board recognises the importance of 
gender diversity in the Company and 
is committed to promoting gender 
diversity throughout the organisation. 
Further information on the total female 
representation in our workforce is 
provided in our Corporate and Social 
Responsibility Report on pages 28 to 29.

Re-election of Directors 
Directors are elected by shareholders at 
the first Annual General Meeting after any 
appointment by the Board and, thereafter, 
may offer themselves up for re-election 
by shareholders at regular intervals and 
in any event at least once every three 
years. Nathaniel Rothschild and Adrian 
Chamberlain will be offered for re-election 
to the Board at the next AGM.

Conflicts of interest 
Under the Companies Act 2006, a 
Director must avoid a situation where 
a direct or indirect conflict of interest 
may occur and procedures are in place 
to manage any circumstance where a 
conflict may be perceived. The Company’s 
Articles of Association allow the Board of 
Directors to authorise potential and actual 
conflicts of interest where appropriate.

Performance evaluation
During the year, the Non-Executive 
Directors met separately with the 
Executive Chairman and the Chief 
Financial Officer at numerous points 
during the year. Board member 
performance was discussed at these 
meetings and any performance concerns 
subsequently addressed.

The Board recognises that a robust 
performance evaluation is important to 
maximise Board effectiveness. 

Development
All new Directors receive an induction 
programme tailored to their background 
and experience, organised by the 
Company Secretary and the Company’s 
Nominated Adviser. In addition, all 
Directors are regularly informed of 
changes to relevant legislation or 
regulations and receive regular updates 
and briefings on areas such as Directors’ 
duties and corporate governance 
guidelines and best practice.

Individual Directors, with the support 
of the Company Secretary, are also 
expected to take responsibility for 
identifying their own training needs and  
to ensure that they are adequately 
informed about the Group and their 
responsibilities as a Director. 

Accountability 
Financial reporting
The Board is responsible for presenting 
a fair, balanced and understandable 
assessment of the Company. The 
Company has a comprehensive annual 
budgeting process, which culminates in 
formal approval of the annual budget by 
the Board. Regular forecasts and updates 
on financial performance are presented 
to the Board during the year. The reasons 
why the Directors continue to adopt 
the going concern basis for preparing 
the financial statements are given in the 
Directors’ Report on page 59.

26523 

  26 June 2019 4:59 pm 

  Proof  15

Stock code: VLXVolex plcGOVERNANCEInternal controls and risk 
management
The Board has overall responsibility for 
the Group’s system of internal control 
and risk management and for reviewing 
the effectiveness of this system. The 
system is designed to identify, evaluate 
and control the significant risks associated 
with delivering the Group’s strategy with 
a view to safeguarding shareholders’ 
investments and the Group’s assets. Due 
to the limitations that are inherent in any 
system of internal control, this system is 
designed to meet the Group’s particular 
needs and the risks to which it is exposed 
and is designed to manage rather than 
eliminate risk. Accordingly, such a system 
can provide reasonable, but not absolute, 
assurance against material misstatement 
or loss.

An ongoing process for identifying, 
evaluating and managing the significant 
risks faced by the Group has been in 
place for the year up to and including the 
date of approval of this report. During the 
year the Board continued to revisit its risk 
identification and assessment processes, 
inviting Board members and senior 
management to identify the Company’s 
key risks and mitigating controls. The 
output from this process is the Group’s 
risk register, which explains the key risks 
faced by the Company, their potential 
impact and likelihood, and how these risks 
are being managed. Read more about 
our Principal Risks and Uncertainties on 
pages 24 to 27.

Key features of the Company’s  
system of internal controls
Key elements of the Company’s system 
of internal controls which have operated 
throughout the year are:

•  a system of regular reports from 
management setting out key 
performance and risk indicators;

• 

rigorous short-term management and 
forecasting of cash flow;

•  a schedule of specific, key matters 
reserved for decision by the Board; 

•  a framework for reporting and 

escalating matters of significance;

•  Group-wide procedures, policies 
and standards which incorporate 
statements of required behaviour; 

•  continuous review of operating 
performance and monitoring of 
monthly results against annual 
budgets, and periodic forecasts; 

• 

risk-based internal audits of sites and/
or business processes, with audit 
observations and recommendations 
to improve controls being reported to 
management to ensure timely action, 
with oversight provided by the Audit 
Committee; and

•  a well-publicised process and policy 
for employees to raise concerns and 
regular reports to the Audit Committee 
of all material disclosures made, the 
results of investigations and actions 
taken. 

Through its risk-management process and 
the review of effectiveness of the system 
of internal controls, the Board believes 
the control environment is adequate for 
a Group the size of Volex. The recent 
appointment of a Head of Internal Audit 
since the year end will further enhance the 
Group’s capability in this area.

Relations with shareholders
The Board is responsible for effectively 
engaging with shareholders. The Board 
achieves this through regular dialogue 
with brokers, analysts and shareholders 
themselves, with the Executive Chairman 
and Chief Financial Officer taking a lead in 
those relationships. 

The Board takes steps to understand 
the views of major shareholders of the 
Company, including through receiving 
feedback from any shareholder meetings 
and through analyst/broker briefings. 
The Board always takes account of 
the corporate governance guidelines 
of institutional shareholders and their 
representative bodies such as the 
Investment Association and the Pensions 
and Lifetime Savings Association. The 
Executive Chairman and Chief Financial 
Officer are available to meet with major 
and prospective shareholders. Both Non-
Executive Directors are available to attend 
shareholder meetings as necessary.

Annual General Meeting (‘AGM’)
The Notice of AGM will be dispatched to 
shareholders, together with explanatory 
notes or a circular on items of special 
business, at least 21 clear days before 
the meeting. Separate resolutions will 
be proposed on each substantive issue, 
including a resolution relating to the 
Annual Report and Accounts. 

26523 

  26 June 2019 4:59 pm 

  Proof  15

The Non-Executive Directors will attend 
the forthcoming Annual General Meeting 
and are, with the Executive Directors, 
available to meet shareholders and 
answer questions. The Board welcomes 
questions from shareholders, who will 
have the opportunity to raise issues in  
the AGM itself, or informally before or  
after the meeting. 

For each resolution, the proxy 
appointment forms provide shareholders 
with the option to direct their proxy vote 
either for or against the resolution, or to 
withhold their vote. 

The Company will ensure that the proxy 
form and any announcement of the results 
of a vote will make it clear that a ‘vote 
withheld’ is not a vote in law and will 
not be counted in the calculation of the 
proportion of the votes for and against the 
resolution.

All valid proxy appointments are properly 
recorded and counted. For each 
resolution, after the vote has been taken, 
information on the number of proxy votes 
for and against the resolution, and the 
number of shares in respect of which 
a vote was withheld, are given at the 
meeting and are made available on the 
Company’s website at www.volex.com. 

Daren Morris
Chief Financial Officer and 
Company Secretary
12 June 2019

37

www.volex.comAnnual Report and Accounts 2019GOVERNANCEAudit Committee Report
Dean Moore / Chairman of the Audit Committee

As Audit Committee 
Chair, I remain 
comfortable with 
the Company’s 
internal controls, 
and satisfied that 
the accounts are 
fair, balanced and 
understandable.” 

38

The Audit Committee reports its findings 
to the Board, identifying any matters 
on which it considers that action or 
improvement is needed, and makes 
recommendations on the steps to be 
taken.

Composition of  
the Audit Committee
The members of the Audit Committee 
were:

Name

Date of 
appointment

Dean Moore (Chairman)
Adrian Chamberlain

18 April 2017
16 June 2016

The Committee members have the 
appropriate range of financial, commercial 
and risk-management experience to fulfil 
their duties. 

Appointments are for a period of three 
years and are extendable by no more 
than two additional three-year terms. 
The Committee must consist of at least 
two members, all of whom should be 
independent Non-Executive Directors. 

The Audit Committee Chairman has 
recent and relevant financial experience,  
in line with the QCA Corporate 
Governance Code and Committee terms 
of reference. Biographical details are set 
out on page 32.

Meetings
The Audit Committee met four times in 
the year, with those meetings and their 
agendas linked in to events in the Group’s 
financial calendar. Each Audit Committee 
member has the right to request reports 
on matters of interest in addition to the 
cyclical items. 

The Audit Committee invites the Group 
Chief Financial Officer, the Group Financial 
Controller or Deputy Chief Financial 
Officer, senior representatives of the 
external auditors and other staff to attend 
its meetings as required, although it 
reserves the right to request any of these 
individuals to withdraw.

Key objective
The Committee aims to ensure appropriate 
corporate governance is applied to the 
Group’s systems for internal control and 
risk management and in respect of other 
compliance matters. It also monitors the 
integrity of financial information published 
externally for use by shareholders, and 
ensures the integrity of the financial 
statements is supported by an effective 
external audit.

Governance
The role of the Audit Committee is defined 
by its terms of reference, which can be 
found on the Volex website.

The Committee is responsible for:

•  Monitoring the integrity of the Group’s 
financial statements and any other 
formal announcements relating to the 
Group’s financial performance, and 
reviewing significant financial reporting 
judgements contained in them;

•  Reporting to the Board on the 

processes in place to confirm that the 
Annual Report and Accounts, when 
taken as a whole, are fair, balanced 
and understandable and contain 
the information necessary to allow 
shareholders to assess the Group’s 
performance, business model and 
strategy;

•  Reviewing and challenging where 
necessary the appropriateness of 
accounting policies and the manner 
in which they are applied across the 
Group;

•  Reviewing the Group’s internal financial 

controls and the Group’s internal 
control and risk-management systems;

•  Monitoring and reviewing the 

effectiveness of the Group’s internal 
audit function in the context of the 
Group’s overall risk-management 
system;

•  Reviewing the Group’s procedures for 
detecting and responding to fraud and 
bribery and for handling allegations 
made by employees with respect to 
financial malpractice or other forms of 
whistle-blowing, and oversight of any 
and all reports on such incidents; and

•  Oversight of the relationship with the 
external auditors including assessing 
the independence of the external 
auditors and, where appropriate, the 
recommendation of appointment or 
reappointment of the external auditors.

26523 

  26 June 2019 4:59 pm 

  Proof  15

Stock code: VLXVolex plcGOVERNANCEMain activities of the Committee 
during the year
Financial reporting 
The primary role of the Audit Committee 
in relation to financial reporting is to review 
with both management and the external 
auditors (PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, 
‘PwC’) the appropriateness of the half-
year and annual financial statements, 
concentrating on, among other matters:

•  The quality and acceptability of 

accounting policies and practices;

•  The clarity of the disclosures and 

compliance with financial reporting 
standards and relevant financial and 
governance reporting requirements;

•  Material areas in which significant 

•  Adjusting items – Management has 
presented a breakdown of adjusting 
items, and explanations as to why 
they should be categorised as such. 
The Audit Committee has reviewed 
and discussed this analysis with 
management. Details are shown in 
note 4 on page 84. Adjusting items 
during the year amounted to $6.2 
million. (In the prior year, the Group 
disclosed non-recurring items. The 
new description expands on the 
previous disclosure to not only include 
costs that are one-off in nature and 
significant, such as restructuring costs, 
impairment charges or acquisition 
related costs, but to also include the 
non-cash amortisation of intangible 
assets.)

•  The updated risk register prepared 
by Board members and senior 
management; and

•  Volex financial policies and expenditure 

controls.

Details of our internal controls and risk 
management systems including controls 
over the financial reporting process can 
be found on page 37 in the Corporate 
Governance Report with our risk factors 
in full in the Strategic Report on pages 24 
to 27.

judgements have been applied or there 
has been discussion with PwC; and

• 

•  The processes to ensure that the 
Annual Report and Accounts, 
taken as a whole, are fair, balanced 
and understandable and provide 
the information necessary for 
shareholders.

To aid its review the Committee considers 
reports from the Chief Financial Officer 
and the Group Financial Controller or 
Deputy Chief Financial Officer, and reports 
from the external auditors. In addition, 
following its review of the Annual Report 
and Accounts, the Committee challenges 
management on the content to ensure 
that the report as a whole is fair, balanced 
and understandable. 

The Committee has reviewed the paper 
on the critical judgements and estimates 
outlined in note 2 to the financial 
statements on page 81. The primary 
areas of judgement considered and 
discussed by the Committee in relation 
to the FY2019 financial statements and 
how these have been addressed are listed 
below. 

•  Going concern – Having reviewed the 
Group’s budget and trading position, 
and considered its compliance 
with banking facility covenants, the 
Committee has concluded that the 
Accounts should continue to be 
prepared on a going concern basis.

Inventory provisions – the Committee 
reviewed the level of provision held 
against inventory in light of the Group’s 
provisioning policy, the ageing of the 
stock and forecast future demand. 
Specific items one-off in nature 
or material due to their size were 
also considered. In light of this, the 
Committee believes the $7.4 million 
provision is reasonable.

•  Acquisitions – the Committee reviewed 
the provisional fair values that were 
allocated to the assets and 
liabilities as part of the acquisition 
accounting.

Internal control, risk and 
compliance
The Audit Committee is required 
to assist the Board in its annual 
assessment of the effectiveness 
of the Volex risk-management 
and internal control systems. 
To fulfil these duties, the 
Committee reviewed:

•  The Group’s current 

whistleblowing policy and 
delegated authority matrix;

•  The results of the annual 
Certificate of Compliance 
exercise and survey, 
involving all senior personnel 
in the organisation;

26523 

  26 June 2019 4:59 pm 

  Proof  15

www.volex.comGOVERNANCEwith its recommendation that PwC be 
reappointed as external auditors for the 
53 weeks ending 5 April 2020. 

This will continue to be assessed on an 
annual basis in light of any guidance in 
respect of external audit tendering. 

Summary
As a result of its work during the year, 
the Audit Committee has concluded 
that it has acted in accordance with 
its terms of reference and has ensured 
the independence and objectivity of the 
external auditors.

The Chairman of the Audit Committee 
will be available at the Annual General 
Meeting to answer any questions about 
the work of the Committee. We would 
welcome feedback from shareholders on 
this report.

On behalf of the Audit Committee

Dean Moore
Chairman of the Audit Committee
12 June 2019

Audit Committee Report 
continued

Internal audit
The Audit Committee is responsible for 
ensuring the adequacy of resourcing and 
plans for the Internal Audit function. To 
fulfil these duties, the Committee:

•  Establishes the function’s terms of 

reference, reporting lines and access 
to the Audit Committee; 

•  Approves the appointment and 
removal of the internal auditor;

•  Reviews and assesses the annual 
internal audit plan in the context of 
the Group’s overall risk management 
system; and

•  Reviews promptly the internal audit 
reports produced from the site/
process reviews and monitors 
management’s responsiveness to 
the findings and recommendations 
included therein.

Following staff departures in London, 
the Group operated for some of this 
year without a dedicated Internal Audit 
function. However, a new Head of Internal 
Audit was appointed at the start of 
FY2020 and will be based in Singapore, 
closer to the Group’s main factory sites.

The Group’s Whistleblowing Policy 
contains arrangements for the Audit 
Committee to review all complaints in 
confidence. 

External audit
The Audit Committee is responsible for 
the monitoring of the independence, 
objectivity and compliance with ethical 
and regulatory requirements of the 
external auditors. Details of the total 
remuneration for the auditors for the year 
can be found in note 8 on page 87 of the 
consolidated financial statements.

The auditors’ independence and 
objectivity are safeguarded by limiting 
the value and nature of external services 
provided by the auditors. The Group also 
has a policy of not recruiting employees 
of the external auditors who have worked 
on the audit in the last two years to senior 
positions in the Group. There is a rotation 
policy for the lead engagement partner.

Non-audit services provided  
by the auditors
The Audit Committee maintains a non-
audit services policy which sets out the 
categories of non-audit services that 
the external auditors will and will not be 
allowed to provide to the Group, including 
those that are pre-approved by the Audit 
Committee and those that require specific 
approval before they are contracted for, 
subject to de minimis levels. 

Non-audit fees for the year were nil 
(FY2018: $0.2 million).

Audit tender
The Audit Committee considers the 
reappointment of the external auditors 
each year. PwC have been the Group’s 
auditors since their appointment on 
4 April 2010 following a tender process. 
There are no contractual obligations that 
restrict the Committee’s choice of external 
auditors. 

To fulfil its responsibility regarding the 
independence and effectiveness of the 
external auditors, the Audit Committee:

•  Reviewed the external auditors’ 

plan for the current year and agreed 
the scope of the audit work to be 
performed;

•  Agreed the fees to be paid to PwC 
for their audit of the 2019 financial 
statements and other non-audit fees;

•  Reviewed a report from PwC 

describing their arrangements to 
identify, report and manage any 
conflicts of interest and confirming the 
basis of their independence;

•  Assessed PwC’s fulfilment of the 

agreed audit plan and any variations 
from that plan; and

•  Assessed the robustness and 
perceptiveness of PwC in their 
handling of the key accounting and 
audit judgements. 

The Audit Committee, having considered 
the length of PwC’s audit tenure and 
the results of the above, continue 
to consider PwC to be independent 
and therefore has provided the Board 

40

26523 

  26 June 2019 4:59 pm 

  Proof  15

Stock code: VLXVolex plcGOVERNANCEThe Committee  
is pleased to  
report the Company 
has exceeded the 
bonus targets that we 
set out in last year’s 
annual report.”

Directors’ Remuneration Report
Adrian Chamberlain

Base salaries of the Executive Directors 
for FY2019 were reviewed and increased 
by 3%, in line with UK employee salary 
increases.

The Remuneration Committee is 
continually aware and mindful of any 
potential risks associated with our 
remuneration programmes. We seek to 
provide a structure that encourages an 
acceptable level of risk-taking through 
key performance measures and an 
optimal remuneration mix. The Committee 
undertakes annual third-party evaluations 
to ensure our reward programmes 
achieve the correct balance and do 
not encourage excessive risk-taking. 
The Committee has considered the 
risk involved in the short and long-term 
incentive schemes and is satisfied that the 
governance procedures mitigate these 
risks appropriately.

During the year the Committee reviewed 
the Remuneration Policy, and considered 
that it continues to be appropriate. 

As the Company’s current Performance 
Share Plan expired in March 2019, the 
Committee is working on the terms of a 
replacement scheme, which should be 
presented to shareholders for approval at 
the AGM, or later this year.

The Committee continues to welcome 
feedback from shareholders, and I 
hope we can continue to receive 
your support in future on the 
remuneration-related votes at 
our AGM.

On behalf of the Remuneration 
Committee

Adrian Chamberlain
Chairman of the  
Remuneration Committee
12 June 2019

Annual Statement 
Overview from the Chairman of the 
Remuneration Committee
I am pleased to introduce the Directors’ 
Remuneration Report for the year ended 
31 March 2019, which includes my 
statement, the Directors’ Remuneration 
Policy and the Annual Report on 
Remuneration for the year.

FY2019 was a year in which we continued 
to see an improvement in our underlying 
business performance with improved pre-
adjusted operating profits and a return to 
growth in overall revenue, both on a like-
for-like basis and through acquisitions. 

We are pleased to report that the 
Company has exceeded the bonus 
targets that we set out in last year’s 
annual report. The Company has 
exceeded the maximum Group revenue, 
operating profit and net cash position 
targets. The Remuneration Committee 
has applied the bonus deferral policy 
(whereby two-thirds of any bonus above 
25% of annual salary is deferred into 
Volex shares) and therefore 49% of 
the Executive Directors’ bonuses have 
been deferred into Volex shares, and 
will vest after one year. The targets were 
challenging, and this result reflects the 
achievements of the Group this year.

In FY2020, Executive Directors will 
continue to have the opportunity to earn 
up to 100% of annual salary under the 
remuneration plan. We have refined the 
quantitative targets for FY2020 to focus 
on operating profit and cash generation. 
The purpose of this is to incentivise the 
Executive Directors to focus on generating 
cash and therefore value for shareholders. 
We want Volex to be a sustainable and 
cash-generative company that aims 
to pay regular dividends. Focusing the 
Executive Directors on cash generation 
aligns the interests of management with 
shareholders. Financial measures will 
make up 80% of the total opportunity for 
Executive Directors. 

On 11 December 2018, Mr Morris and Mr 
Rothschild were each issued with awards 
under the PSP of 93% of base salary, 
such awards being in line with the policy. 

26523 

  26 June 2019 4:59 pm 

  Proof  15

www.volex.comGOVERNANCEDirectors’ Remuneration Report
continued

Compliance statement
The Company is no longer listed on the Main Market and consequently is not required to follow the UK Corporate Governance 
Code. However, the Board is committed to maintaining high standards of corporate governance and the Directors intend, so far as is 
practicable given the Company’s size and constitution of the Board, to comply with the provisions of the Quoted Companies Alliance 
Corporate Governance Code (the ‘QCA code’). 

Introduction
The Company’s Remuneration Policy (‘Policy’) is designed to reinforce the Company’s goals, providing effective incentives for 
exceptional Group and individual performance. The Committee regularly reviews the remuneration structure in place at Volex to 
ensure it remains aligned with our business strategy and reinforces our success, and aligns reward with the creation of shareholder 
value. The Committee strives to ensure that shareholders’ interests are served, by creating an appropriate balance between fixed and 
performance-related pay. A considerable part of the reward package is linked to share-price performance and is delivered in shares. 

Policy report
Volex’s Remuneration Policy for Executive Directors 
The Policy Table below sets out the Remuneration Policy which was approved by shareholders at the 2018 AGM.

Performance  
metrics

Company and individual 
performance are considerations 
in setting Executive Director base 
salaries.

Purpose and  
link to strategy

Base salary
To reflect market 
value of the role 
and individual’s 
performance and 
contribution.

Operation 

Opportunity

Reviewed on an annual basis, 
with any adjustments taking 
effect from 1 April.

The Committee reviews base 
salaries with reference to:

•  The individual’s performance, 

responsibility, skills and 
experience;

•  Company performance and 

market conditions;

•  Salary levels for similar roles  
at relevant comparators, 
including companies of similar 
market capitalisation to Volex 
and companies in a similar 
sector; and

•  Wider pay levels and salary 
increases across the Group.

Payable in cash.

Base salary increases are 
applied in line with the outcome 
of the review, as part of which 
the Committee also considers 
average increases across the 
Group. 

In respect of existing Executive 
Directors, it is anticipated that 
salary increases will generally 
be in line with those of salaried 
employees as a whole. In 
exceptional circumstances 
(including, but not limited to, a 
material increase in job size or 
complexity) the Committee has 
discretion to make appropriate 
adjustments to salary levels 
to ensure they remain market 
competitive.

Pension 
To provide a market 
competitive pension.

Executives participate in a money 
purchase scheme or other 
scheme as may be appropriate 
from time to time (e.g. taking into 
account location).

Executive Directors receive a 
contribution of up to 20% of 
salary. This may be exceeded in 
exceptional circumstances (e.g. 
recruitment).

Not performance-related. 

42

26523 

  26 June 2019 4:59 pm 

  Proof  15

Stock code: VLXVolex plcGOVERNANCEPurpose and  
link to strategy

Benefits
To provide market  
competitive benefits.

Annual bonus
To incentivise 
delivery of the 
Group’s annual 
financial and 
strategic goals. 

Operation 

Opportunity

Benefits may include fuel costs, 
travel allowances, private medical 
insurance, critical life and death-
in-service cover. Other benefits 
may be awarded as appropriate 
and include relocation and other 
expatriate benefits.

Benefits may vary by role and  
individual circumstances and are 
reviewed periodically. 

Benefits are not anticipated to 
exceed 10% of salary over three 
financial years.

The Committee retains the 
discretion to approve a 
higher cost in exceptional 
circumstances (e.g. relocation) or 
in circumstances where factors 
outside of the Company’s control 
have materially changed (e.g. 
increases in medical insurance 
premiums).

Performance is measured on an 
annual basis for each financial 
year.

The maximum bonus for 
Executive Directors is 100%  
of salary p.a.

For threshold performance, 20% 
of the bonus is payable.

For performance between 
threshold and maximum, the 
bonus pay-out will increase 
straight-line.

KPIs are established at the 
start of the year that are directly 
related to and reinforce the 
business strategy. Stretch targets 
are set for each KPI; at the 
end of the year the Committee 
determines the extent to which 
these were achieved. 

The Remuneration Committee 
policy requires a proportion of 
any annual bonus award to be 
deferred into shares for at least 
one year, subject to continued 
employment. Two-thirds of any 
bonus above 25% of annual 
salary shall be deferred into Volex 
shares. Annual bonus amounts 
paid and vested deferred bonus 
awards are subject to clawback. 
Malus may be applied to the 
in-year bonus (i.e. the bonus 
opportunity for the year may 
be reduced) and to unvested 
deferred bonus awards.

Performance  
metrics

Not performance-related.

The KPIs selected and their 
respective weightings may vary 
from year to year depending on 
strategic priorities. Measures may 
include financial and non-financial 
metrics.

Corporate measures will be 
weighted each year according to 
business priorities. Measures will 
include a measure of operating 
profit. The range of performance 
required under each measure 
is calibrated with reference to 
Volex’s internal budgets. Financial 
measures will make up at least 
80% of the total opportunity.

The Committee has discretion 
to adjust the formulaic bonus 
outcome both upwards and 
downwards to ensure alignment 
of pay with the underlying 
performance of the business over 
the financial year, and to take into 
account personal performance  
over the course of the year.

Further details of performance 
conditions are provided in the 
Annual Report on Remuneration  
on page 49.

26523 

  26 June 2019 4:59 pm 

  Proof  15

43

www.volex.comAnnual Report and Accounts 2019GOVERNANCEDirectors’ Remuneration Report
continued

Purpose and  
link to strategy

PSP
To drive 
performance, aid 
retention and align 
the interests of 
Executive Directors 
with shareholders.

Operation 

Opportunity

The PSP provides for annual 
awards of performance shares 
of up to 100% of salary for 
the Executive Directors. This 
limit may be exceeded in 
circumstances in which the 
Committee, at its absolute 
discretion, deems appropriate. 
Under each measure, threshold 
performance will result in 30% 
of maximum vesting for that 
element, rising on a straight-line 
to full vesting.

The Committee may grant 
annual awards in the form of 
shares or nominal value options 
which vest after at least three 
years, subject to performance 
conditions. The award levels 
and performance conditions are 
reviewed in advance of grant to 
ensure they remain appropriate.
Unvested awards under the PSP 
are subject to malus and vested 
awards are subject to clawback. 
PSP awards will have a 
performance period of at least 
three years and a minimum 
vesting period of three years. 
If no entitlement has been 
earned at the end of the relevant 
performance period, awards will 
lapse. 

Performance  
metrics

Awards vest subject to continued 
employment and Company 
performance. The performance 
measures are currently relative 
Total Shareholder Return 
(‘TSR’) and cumulative adjusted 
operating profit but the 
Committee may also include 
additional measures. The 
weighting on TSR for any PSP 
award will be at least 50%. 
The Committee reviews the 
comparator group(s) against 
which TSR performance is 
measured from time to time to 
ensure it remains aligned with 
shareholder interests. As under 
the annual bonus, the Committee 
has discretion to adjust the 
formulaic PSP outcomes to 
ensure alignment of pay with 
performance, i.e. to ensure the 
outcome is a true reflection of the 
performance of the Company. 
Further details of performance 
conditions are provided in the 
Annual Report on Remuneration 
on page 49.

Notes to the Policy Table
Performance measurement selection
The aim of the annual bonus plan is to reward key executives over and above base salary for the achievement of business objectives. 
The bonus criteria are selected annually to reflect the Group’s main KPIs for the year and are designed to encourage continuous 
performance improvement for the Group. Group financial performance targets relating to the annual bonus plan are set from the 
Company’s annual budget, which is reviewed and signed off by the Board prior to the start of each financial year. Underlying operating 
profit is used as a key performance indicator for the annual bonus plan because it is a clear measure of the underlying financial 
performance of the Group.

Long-term share-based incentives (‘LTI’) are designed to align the interests of key executives with the longer-term interests of the 
Company’s shareholders, by rewarding them for delivering sustained increases in shareholder value. Accordingly, the vesting of LTI 
share awards is linked to performance conditions, in particular to the Company’s relative total shareholder return and operating profit. 
Relative TSR has been selected as it is directly aligned with shareholder interests. Operating profit has been selected as it is a key 
measure of long-term performance for Volex and is closely aligned with the Company’s strategic plans. The Committee believes that 
the minimum three-year performance period is in line with the market and therefore aids the recruitment of senior hires. For the LTI, 
performance measures and targets are reviewed by the Committee ahead of each grant and must be considered by the Committee to 
be challenging but achievable. 

Targets applying to the bonus and PSP are reviewed annually, based on a number of internal and external reference points. 
Performance targets are set to be stretching but achievable, with regard to the particular strategic priorities and economic environment 
in a given year.

Remuneration policy for other employees
Volex’s approach to annual salary reviews is consistent across the Group, with consideration given to the levels of experience and 
responsibility, to individual performance and to salary levels in comparable companies. The majority of employees are eligible to 
participate in an annual bonus scheme. Opportunities and specific performance conditions vary by organisational level, with business 
area-specific metrics incorporated where appropriate. Performance conditions are consistent for all participants, while award sizes vary 
by organisational level. Specific cash incentives are also in place to motivate, reward and retain staff below Board level. 

44

26523 

  26 June 2019 4:59 pm 

  Proof  15

Stock code: VLXVolex plcGOVERNANCEShareholding guidelines
The Committee continues to recognise the importance of Executive Directors aligning their interests with shareholders through building 
up a significant shareholding in the Company. Shareholding guidelines are in place that require Executive Directors to acquire, over 
time, a holding equivalent to 100% of base salary. Other executives are required to acquire a holding over time equivalent to 50% of 
base salary. Executives are expected to retain at least 50% of any LTI shares acquired on vesting (net of tax) until the guideline level is 
achieved.

Volex’s Remuneration Policy for Non-Executive Directors
The Board determines the Remuneration Policy and level of fees for the Non-Executive Directors within the limits set out in the Articles 
of Association. The Remuneration Committee recommends the Remuneration Policy and level of fees for the Executive Chairman. Non-
Executive Directors are not eligible to participate in the annual bonus, PSP or pension schemes. The current Policy is:

Purpose and 
link to strategy

Fees
To reflect market 
competitive rates 
for the role, as 
well as individual 
performance and 
contribution.

Operation 

Opportunity

Performance metrics

Not applicable.

Fee increases are applied in line 
with the outcome of the annual 
review. There is no prescribed 
maximum fee. It is expected 
that increases to Non-Executive 
Director fee levels will be in line 
with salaried employees over 
the life of the policy. However, in 
the event that there is a material 
misalignment with the market 
or a change in the complexity, 
responsibility or time commitment 
required to fulfil a Non-Executive 
Director role, the Board has 
discretion to make an appropriate 
adjustment to the fee level.

Non-Executive Directors receive 
a basic fee for their respective 
roles. Additional fees are paid 
to Non-Executive Directors for 
additional services, e.g. chairing 
a Board Committee, supporting 
the Board on matters that require 
significant time commitment over 
and above that expected to fulfil 
their normal duties, etc. 

Fees are reviewed annually with 
reference to: information provided 
by remuneration surveys; the 
extent of the duties performed; 
and the size and complexity of 
the Company. Fee levels are 
benchmarked against sector 
comparators and FTSE-listed 
companies of similar size and 
complexity. Payable in cash.

Pay scenario charts
The charts below provide estimates of the potential future reward opportunity for the current Executive Directors, and the potential split 
between the different elements of remuneration under three different performance scenarios: ‘Minimum’, ‘On Target/Threshold’ and 
‘Maximum’.

Potential reward opportunities illustrated below are based on the Remuneration Policy, applied to the base salary as at 1 April 2019. 
For the annual bonus, the amounts illustrated are those potentially receivable in respect of performance for FY2020. For the PSP, the 
award opportunities are based on those PSP awards which are expected to be granted in FY2020. It should be noted that PSP awards 
granted in a year normally vest on the third anniversary of the date of grant, and the projected value of PSP amounts excludes the 
impact of share price movement over the vesting period.

In illustrating potential reward opportunities the following assumptions have been made: 

Component

Fixed

‘Minimum’

Base salary

Pension

Other benefits

‘On-target’

‘Maximum’

Latest known salary 

Contribution rate applied to latest known salary

Benefits as provided in the single figure table  
(excluding relocation allowances)

Annual bonus

PSP

No bonus payable 

Target bonus (20% of max)

Maximum bonus 

No LTIP vesting

Threshold vesting (30% of 
max)

Maximum vesting

45

26523 

  26 June 2019 4:59 pm 

  Proof  15

www.volex.comAnnual Report and Accounts 2019GOVERNANCEDirectors’ Remuneration Report
continued

Executive Chairman – Nathaniel Rothschild

Chief Financial Officer – Daren Morris

Maximum

On-target/
Threshold

485

Minimum

325

960

Maximum

1,035

On-target/
Threshold

Minimum

550

390

£’000s

0

200

400

600

800

1,000

1,200

£’000s

0

200

400

600

800

1,000

1,200

Salary

STIP

LTIP

Salary

STIP

LTIP

Approach to recruitment remuneration
External appointment
In the cases of hiring or appointing a new Executive Director from outside the Company, the Committee may make use of any or all of 
the existing components of remuneration, as follows:

Component

Approach

Base salary

The base salaries of new appointees will be determined by reference to the individual’s role 
and responsibilities, experience and skills, relevant market data, internal relativities and their 
current basic salary. Where new appointees have initial basic salaries set below market, any 
shortfall may be managed with phased increases over a period of one to two years, subject to 
their development in the role.

Maximum 
value

Not applicable.

Pension

Benefits

Annual 
bonus

PSP

New appointees will be eligible to participate in the Group’s defined contribution pension plan 
or to receive a cash allowance.

New appointees will be eligible to receive benefits in line with the Policy.

The annual bonus described in the Policy Table will apply to new appointees with the relevant 
maximum being prorated to reflect the proportion of employment over the year. Targets for 
the individual element will be tailored to the Executive.

Up to 100% of 
salary p.a.

New appointees will be eligible for awards under the PSP which will normally be on the same 
terms as other Executive Directors, as described in the Policy Table.

Up to 200% of 
salary p.a.

In determining an appropriate remuneration package, the Remuneration Committee will take into consideration all relevant factors 
(including quantum, nature of remuneration and the jurisdiction from which the candidate was recruited) to ensure that arrangements 
are in the best interests of both Volex and its shareholders. In addition to the above elements of remuneration, the Committee may 
consider it appropriate to grant an award under a different structure in order to facilitate the recruitment of an individual, exercising the 
discretion available to replace incentive arrangements forfeited on leaving a previous employer. Such ‘buyout awards’ would have a fair 
value no higher than that of the awards forfeited. In doing so, the Committee will consider relevant factors including any performance 
conditions attached to these awards, the likelihood of those conditions being met and the proportion of the vesting period remaining.

Internal promotion 
In cases of appointing a new Executive Director by way of internal promotion, the Remuneration Committee will be consistent with 
the policy for external appointees detailed above. Where an individual has contractual commitments made prior to their promotion to 
Executive Director level, the Company will continue to honour these arrangements. 

Non-Executive Directors
In the case of hiring or appointing a new Non-Executive Director, the Committee will follow the Policy as set out in the table on page 45. 
A base fee in line with the prevailing fee schedule would be payable for Board membership, with additional fees payable for additional 
services, such as chairing a Board Committee or acting as a Senior Independent Director.

46

26523 

  26 June 2019 4:59 pm 

  Proof  15

Stock code: VLXVolex plcGOVERNANCEService contracts 
The QCA Code and guidelines issued by institutional investors recommend that notice periods of no more than one year be set for 
Executive Directors and that any payments to a departing Executive Director should be determined having full regard to the duty of 
mitigation. It is the Company’s intention to meet these guidelines, and the Company policy is that Executive Directors’ service contracts 
may be terminated by either party on not more than 12 months’ notice.

The Executive Directors are employed under contracts of employment with Volex plc. The principal terms of the Executive Directors’ 
service contracts are as follows:

Executive Director
Nathaniel Rothschild
Daren Morris

Position
Executive Chairman
Chief Financial Officer

Effective date of 
contract
1 December 2015
8 June 2015

Notice period

From Company
6 months
6 months

From Director
6 months
6 months

Letters of appointment are provided to the Non-Executive Directors. Non-Executive Directors have letters of appointment effective for a 
period of three years. Non-Executive Directors’ letters of appointment are available to view at the Company’s registered office.

Directors’ letters of appointment and the unexpired period of their appointments (where appropriate after extension by re-election) are 
set out below:

Non-Executive Director Date of letter
16 June 2016
Adrian Chamberlain
18 April 2017
Dean Moore

Unexpired term as at 31 March 2019 Date of appointment Notice period
3 months
12 months

16 June 2016
18 April 2017

3 months
3 months

Payment policy on exit and/or change of control
The Company’s policy is to limit any payment made to a departing Director to contractual arrangements and to honour any pre-
established commitments. As part of this process, the Committee will take into consideration the Executive Director’s duty to mitigate 
their loss.

If employment is terminated by the Company, the departing Executive Director may have a legal entitlement (under statute or otherwise) 
to certain payments, which would be met. In addition, the Committee retains discretion to settle any other amounts reasonably due 
to the Executive Director, for example to meet the legal fees incurred by the Executive Director in connection with the termination of 
employment, where the Company wishes to enter into a settlement agreement (as provided for below) and the individual must seek 
independent legal advice.

In certain circumstances, the Committee may approve new contractual arrangements with departing Executive Directors including (but 
not limited to) settlement, confidentiality, restrictive covenants and/or consultancy arrangements. These will be used sparingly and only 
entered into where the Committee believes that it is in the best interests of the Company and its shareholders to do so.

In addition to the contractual provisions regarding payment on termination set out above, the table below summarises how the awards 
under the annual and deferred bonus and PSP are typically treated in different leaver scenarios and a change of control. Although the 
Committee retains overall discretion on determining ‘good leaver’ status, it typically defines a ‘good leaver’ in circumstances such as 
injury or disability, death, redundancy, retirement with the consent of the Company or any other reason as the Committee decides. Final 
treatment is subject to the Committee’s discretion. 

26523 

  26 June 2019 4:59 pm 

  Proof  15

47

www.volex.comAnnual Report and Accounts 2019GOVERNANCEDirectors’ Remuneration Report
continued

Event

Timing of vesting/award

Calculation of vesting/payment

Annual bonus

‘Good leaver’

Paid at the same time as continuing employees.

Eligible for an award to the extent that performance 
targets are satisfied and the award is prorated for 
the proportion of the financial year served.

‘Bad leaver’

No annual bonus payable.

Not applicable.

Change of control

Generally paid immediately on the effective date of 
change of control, with Committee’s discretion to 
treat otherwise.

Eligible for an award to the extent that performance 
targets are satisfied up to the change of control, 
subject to Remuneration Committee discretion, 
and the award is prorated for the proportion of the 
financial year served to the effective date of change 
of control.

Deferred bonus

‘Good leaver’

Continue until the normal vesting date or earlier, 
at the discretion of the Committee. In the event 
of death of a participant, the award would vest 
immediately.

Outstanding awards vest in full.

‘Bad leaver’

Outstanding awards are forfeited. 

Not applicable.

Change of control

Vest immediately on the effective date of change of 
control.

Outstanding awards vest in full.

PSP

‘Good leaver’

Continue until the normal vesting date or earlier, 
at the discretion of the Committee. In the event 
of death of a participant, the award would vest 
immediately.

Outstanding awards vest to the extent the 
performance conditions are satisfied and the 
awards are prorated to reflect the length of the 
vesting period served unless the Board decides 
otherwise. In the event of the death of a participant 
during the performance period, the award would 
vest in full.

‘Bad leaver’

Outstanding awards are forfeited. 

Not applicable.

Change of control

Vest immediately on the effective date of change of 
control.

Outstanding awards vest subject to the satisfaction 
of performance conditions as at the effective date 
of change of control, subject to Remuneration 
Committee discretion, and the award is prorated 
for the proportion of the vesting period served to 
the effective date of change of control unless the 
Board decides otherwise.

External appointments
With the approval of the Board in each case, and subject to the overriding requirements of the Group, Executive Directors may act as 
Non-Executive Directors to other companies and retain any fees received.

48

26523 

  26 June 2019 4:59 pm 

  Proof  15

Stock code: VLXVolex plcGOVERNANCEAnnual Report on Remuneration
The following section provides details of how the Remuneration Policy was implemented during the year.

Remuneration Committee membership in FY2019
The Committee met twice during the year under review. Attendance by individual Committee members at meetings is detailed below.

Committee member
Adrian Chamberlain
Dean Moore

Member throughout 2018/19
Yes
Yes

Number of meetings attended
2
2

During the year, the Committee sought internal support from the Executive Chairman and Chief Financial Officer, who attended 
Committee meetings by invitation from the Chairman to advise on specific questions raised by the Committee and on matters relating 
to the performance and remuneration of senior managers. No individuals are involved in decisions relating to their own remuneration. 
The Company Secretary attended each meeting as Secretary to the Committee. 

Agenda during FY2019
The agenda during FY2019 included:

•  Approval of the FY2018 Directors’ Remuneration Report;

•  Evaluation of PSP proposals;

•  Review of Executive Directors’ shareholdings;

•  Consideration of advisory bodies’ and institutional investors’ current guidelines on executive compensation, and any changes 

following the move to AIM;

•  Review and ratification of the Remuneration Policy and remuneration packages for Directors for FY2020, incorporating institutional 

investor feedback;

•  Evaluation of the terms of a new PSP for long-term retention and incentivisation of key executives; and

•  Evaluation of the proposal for the FY2019 annual bonus plan.

Advisers
In undertaking its responsibilities, the Committee seeks independent external advice as necessary. To this end, for the year under 
review, the Committee continued to retain the services of Kepler, a brand of Mercer (‘Kepler’), as the principal external advisers to the 
Committee. The Committee evaluates the support provided by its advisers annually and is comfortable that the Kepler team provides 
independent remuneration advice to the Committee and does not have any connections that may impair independence. 

Fees of £19,750 (FY2018: nil) were paid to advisers in respect of work carried out for the year under review. 

Summary of shareholder voting at the FY2018 AGM
It is the Remuneration Committee’s policy to consult with major shareholders prior to any major changes to its Executive Directors’ 
remuneration structure. The table below shows the results of the vote on the FY2018 Remuneration Report at the AGM on 31 July 
2018. 

For (including discretionary)
Against
Total votes cast (excluding withheld votes)1
Votes withheld
Total votes cast (including withheld votes)

FY18 Remuneration Report

Total number of votes
102,475,694
42,098
102,517,792
3,403
102,521,195

% of votes cast
99.9%
0.1%
100%

1  A withheld vote is not a vote in law and is not counted in the calculation of the proportion of votes cast for and against a resolution.

26523 

  26 June 2019 4:59 pm 

  Proof  15

49

www.volex.comAnnual Report and Accounts 2019GOVERNANCEDirectors’ Remuneration Report
continued

Single figure of Executive Director remuneration
The table below sets out a single figure for the total remuneration received by each Executive Director for the year ended 31 March 
2019 and the prior year:

Name
Nathaniel 
Rothschild 

Daren Morris 

Year
2019
2018
2019
2018

Salary
GBP
£313,958
£306,300
£313,958
£306,273

Benefits1
GBP

Pension2
GBP
£1,822                  –
–
£62,792
£61,260

£731
£2,211
£5,232

Cash annual 
bonus3
GBP
£153,839
 £126,604 
£153,839
£132,730

PSP4
GBP
–
– 
£83,694
–

Deferred annual bonus 
(restricted shares)3
GBP
£150,700
 £100,058 
£150,700
£112,310

Total
GBP
£620,319
£533,693
£767,194
£617,805

1. Taxable value of benefits received in the year by Executives includes healthcare and life assurance. 

2.  Pension: During the year, Daren Morris participated in a money purchase scheme into which the Company contributed 20% of salary. 

3.  Annual bonus: The FY2019 targets were substantially met and 97% of maximum bonuses were awarded. In accordance with the bonus deferral policy, 
two-thirds of any bonus above 25% of annual salary is deferred into Volex shares. Therefore, a significant proportion of the Executive Directors’ bonuses 
(approximately 49%) were deferred into Volex shares for a period of one year. The FY2018 targets were partially met and between 74% and 80% of 
maximum bonuses were awarded. In accordance with the bonus deferral policy, two-thirds of any bonus above 25% of annual salary is deferred into 
Volex shares. Therefore, a significant proportion of the Executive Directors’ bonuses (approximately 45%) were deferred into Volex shares for a period of 
one year. Details can be found on page 51 of this report.

4.  During the year Mr Morris exercised awards in respect of 136,083 shares received under the PSP with a valuation (net of exercise price and fees) of 

£83,694.

Single figure of Non-Executive Director remuneration and Non-Executive Director fees
The table below sets out a single figure for the total remuneration received by each Non-Executive Director for the year ended 31 March 
2019 and the prior year:

Non-Executive Director

Dean Moore

Adrian Chamberlain

Robert Beveridge

Year
2019
2018
2019
2018
2019
2018

Base 
fee (£)
£50,000
£45,718
£50,000
£44,841
–
£10,683

Committee  
fee (£)
£20,000
£13,333
£10,000
£8,800
–
£2,035

Additional  
fee (£)
–
–
–
–
–
–

Benefits  
in kind (£)
–
–
–
–
–
–

Total
£70,000
£59,051
£60,000
£53,641
–
£12,718

The Non-Executive Directors are not eligible for bonuses, retirement benefits and cannot participate in any share scheme operated by 
the Company. The base fees during the year and for FY2020 (effective from the date of the AGM) are: 

Non-Executive Director base fee
Senior Independent Director fee
Committee Chairman additional fee

Fee1

FY2020
 £50,000
£10,000
£10,000

FY2019
£50,000
£10,000
£10,000

1.  Remuneration comprises an annual fee for acting as a Non-Executive Director of the Company. Additional fees are paid to Non-Executive Directors in 

respect of service as Chairman of the Audit and Remuneration Committees. 

50

26523 

  26 June 2019 4:59 pm 

  Proof  15

Stock code: VLXVolex plcGOVERNANCEIncentive outcomes for the year ended 31 March 2019
Annual bonus in respect of FY2019 performance
For FY2019, the maximum bonus potential for the Executive Directors was set at 100% of basic annual salary with 30% based on 
achieving an underlying operating profit target, 25% on an improvement in average net cash target, 25% based on achieving a sales 
target and 20% based on achieving personal objectives. 

The performance against the criteria, as defined, determined that bonuses would be earned under the annual bonus plan at the level of 
97% for the Executive Directors. The Remuneration Committee has applied the bonus deferral policy (whereby two-thirds of any bonus 
above 25% of annual salary is deferred into Volex shares) and therefore a significant proportion of the Executive Directors’ bonuses 
(approximately 49%) have been deferred into Volex shares, and will vest after one year. 

Annual bonus in respect of FY2017 and FY2018 performance
For FY2017, the maximum bonus potential for the Executive Directors was set at 100% of basic annual salary with 50% based on 
achieving an operating profit target and 50% on achieving a return on capital employed target. 

The performance against the criteria, as defined, determined that bonuses would be earned under the annual bonus plan at the level of 
50% of maximum. The Remuneration Committee decided to exercise its discretion and require that one-third of the annual bonus for 
Executive Directors was deferred into shares for a period of one year. Mr Rothschild agreed to defer 100% of his bonus into shares. 

For FY2018, the maximum bonus potential for the Executive Directors was set at 100% of basic annual salary with 25% based on 
achieving an operating profit target, 25% on achieving a return on capital employed target, 30% based on achieving a sales target and 
20% based on achieving personal objectives. 

The performance against the criteria, as defined, determined that bonuses would be earned under the annual bonus plan at the level of 
74% for Mr Rothschild and 80% for Mr Morris. The Remuneration Committee applied the bonus deferral policy (whereby two-thirds of 
any bonus above 25% of annual salary is deferred into Volex shares) and therefore a significant proportion of the Executive Directors’ 
bonuses (approximately 45%) were deferred into Volex shares for a period of one year.

Annual bonus target for FY2020 performance
Corporate targets set by the Committee require Executive Directors to deliver significant stretch performance. The Committee has 
taken the decision to publish performance targets prospectively. For FY2020 targets see page 53.

PSP Schemes
PSP awards held by Nat Rothschild of 574,147 shares vested on 31 March 2019 based on the TSR target being 100% met and the 
cumulative profit target being 75% met.

PSP awards held by Daren Morris of 574,147 shares vested on 31 March 2019 based on the TSR target being 100% met and the 
cumulative profit target being 75% met.

PSP awards held by Daren Morris of 136,083 shares vested on 18 June 2018 based on the TSR target not being met and the 
cumulative profit target being 75% met.

Scheme interests awarded in FY2019
The following awards were granted during the year under the PSP:

Executive Chairman
Chief Financial Officer

Date of grant
11 December 20181
11 December 20181

Number of shares
340,000
340,000

Market price  
at date of award
89.8p
89.8p 

Face value
£305,320
£305,320

PSP award

1.  The awards will vest on the third anniversary of the grant date. The performance condition is 50% based on TSR outperformance of the constituents of 
the FTSE ASX index and 50% based on cumulative operating profit. The three-year performance period over which operating profit performance will be 
measured began on 2 April 2018 and will end on 4 April 2021.

26523 

  26 June 2019 4:59 pm 

  Proof  15

51

www.volex.comAnnual Report and Accounts 2019GOVERNANCEDirectors’ Remuneration Report
continued

The FY2019 awards to the Executive Chairman and to the Chief Financial Officer amounted to 93% of base salary for each.

There is no retest provision. In addition, for any shares to vest on TSR, the Committee must satisfy itself that the recorded TSR is a 
genuine reflection of the underlying business performance of Volex. 

A summary of performance measures, weightings and targets for awards granted during the year is provided below:

Performance condition
Weighting

Level of performance
Threshold 
Maximum

TSR (share price growth plus reinvested dividends) relative to 
companies in the FTSE ASX Index
50%
Company’s TSR outperformance 
of the index
Index
Index + 15% p.a.

% of award vesting1

30%
100%

Cumulative operating profit
50%

% of award vesting1

30%
100%

1. There is straight-line vesting between the ‘threshold’ and ‘maximum’ performance levels.

Specific targets for operating profit are deemed to be commercially sensitive and will not be published until such time that the 
Committee is confident there will be no adverse impact on the Company of such disclosure. At this time, the Committee believes 
that disclosure of targets within three years of the determination of bonuses is appropriate (i.e. not later than the 2022 Directors’ 
Remuneration Report).

Payments for loss of office 
No Executive Directors left the Group during the year, and therefore no payments were made. 

Payments to past Directors
No payments were made to past Directors during the year.

Six-year TSR performance review and CEO single figure 
The following graph charts the TSR of the Company and the FTSE All Share, FTSE All Share Electronic and Electrical Equipment and 
FTSE AIM All Share indices over the six-year period from March 2013 to March 2019. In the opinion of the Directors, these indices are 
the most appropriate against which the total shareholder return of Volex should be measured. 

The table below details the single figure remuneration for the CEO and Executive Chairman over the same period.

250

200

150

100

50

0

Mar 13

Mar 14

Mar 15

Mar 16

Mar 17

Mar 18

Mar 19

Volex

FTSE All Share

FTSE All Share Electronic & Electrical Equipment

FTSE AIM All Share Index

Source: Bloomberg

Note: TSR is calculated on a common currency basis. 

52

26523 

  26 June 2019 4:59 pm 

  Proof  15

Stock code: VLXVolex plcGOVERNANCECEO / Executive Chairman single figure of remuneration (£’000)
Annual bonus pay-out (% of maximum)
PSP vesting (% of maximum)

20141
1,654
0%
0%

20152
906
76%
0%

2016
547
0%
0%

2017
392
50%
0%

2018
534
74%
0%

2019
620
97%
88%

1.  Note that no bonus was payable in FY2014 as the Committee linked payment to revenue performance in the first quarter of FY2015. These targets were 

met. No additional bonuses was payable in respect of the FY2015 annual bonus plan.

2.   The comparison of CEO remuneration is made complex by the change in CEO during the year. Christoph Eisenhardt resigned in September 2015 and 
the position was temporarily filled by Geraint Anderson as interim CEO before the position of CEO was replaced by an Executive Chairman, Nathaniel 
Rothschild. The single figure above is an aggregate of the amounts due to each individual during their time in the relevant role.

Implementation of Executive Director Remuneration Policy for FY2020
Base salary
Market positioning of base salary is approached on an individual basis, taking account of advice received from the Committee’s 
independent advisers on the rates of salary for similar roles in selected groups of comparable companies, and the individual 
performance and experience of each Executive. The aim is for base salary to be set with reference to the market median, dependent on 
the Committee’s view of individual and Group performance.

The Committee reviewed salaries during the year and agreed that there would be an increase approximately in line with UK inflation 
of 3.0%.

Executive Director
Nathaniel Rothschild
Daren Morris

Base salary in place  
prior to review
£313,958
£313,958

Base salary effective  
from 1 April 2019
£323,377
£323,377

Percentage increase  
from 1 April 2019
3.0%
3.0%

A salary increase averaging 3.0% across the UK employee population was awarded at the annual pay review.

Pension
The Chief Financial Officer will continue to receive a pension contribution of 20% of salary. The Executive Chairman does not receive a 
pension benefit.

Annual bonus
The annual bonus for FY2020 will operate on the criteria set out in the Policy. The Committee has approved a maximum annual bonus 
opportunity of 100% of salary for the Executive Directors. 

As outlined above, going forward, the Committee has committed to disclose targets on a prospective basis. For FY2019, the maximum 
bonus potential for the Executive Directors was set at 100% of basic annual salary with 40% based on achieving an operating profit 
target, 40% on achieving a cash generation from operations before adjusting items target and 20% based on achieving personal 
objectives. Proposed target levels have been set to be challenging relative to the FY2020 business plan, and are as follows:

Group operating profit
Group cash generation from operations before adjusting items
Personal objectives

Threshold (20%)
$24.4m
$20.0m
n/a

Maximum (100%)
$28.0m
$25.6m
n/a

PSP
The Executive Directors will receive an award of up to 100% of salary. Final vesting of any grant will depend on the achievement of 
three-year relative TSR outperformance vs. the FTSE ASX Index and cumulative operating profit, as follows:

Performance condition
Weighting

Level of performance
Threshold
Maximum

TSR (share price growth plus reinvested dividends)  
relative to companies in the FTSE ASX Index
50%
Company’s TSR outperformance 
of the index
Index
Index + 15% p.a.

% of award vesting1
30%
100%

1. There is straight-line vesting between the ‘threshold’ and ‘maximum’ performance levels.

Cumulative operating profit
50%

% of award vesting1
30%
100%

26523 

  26 June 2019 4:59 pm 

  Proof  15

53

www.volex.comAnnual Report and Accounts 2019GOVERNANCEDirectors’ Remuneration Report
continued

Specific targets for the operating profit are deemed to be commercially sensitive and will not be published until such time that the 
Committee is confident there will be no adverse impact on the Company of such disclosure. At this time, the Committee believes that 
disclosure of targets within three years of the determination of vesting, i.e. not later than the 2022 Directors’ Remuneration Report, is 
appropriate.

Awards will vest three years from the grant date. Further details of the grant date and number of interests awarded will be disclosed in 
the 2020 Annual Report on Remuneration.

Chairman and Non-Executive Director fees 
The Board determined that Non-Executive remuneration should be maintained at the current levels given the 19% increase granted in 
July 2017. Fee levels will continue to be reviewed on an annual basis. 

Base fees
Chairman
Non-Executive Director
Additional fees
Audit Committee Chair
Remuneration Committee Chair

FY19 fees

FY20 fees

n/a
£50,000

£10,000
£10,000

n/a
 £50,000

 £10,000
 £10,000

Directors’ interests 
The table below shows the Directors’ interests in shares and the extent to which Volex’s shareholding guidelines are achieved. 

Nathaniel Rothschild2
Daren Morris
Adrian Chamberlain
Dean Moore

Number of shares held 
as at 31 March 2019
35,422,354
533,063
24,986
15,000

Current shareholding  
(% salary/fees)
10,323%
155%
n/a
n/a

Shareholding1 
guideline  
(as % of salary) 
100%
100%
n/a
n/a

Guideline met
Yes
Yes
n/a
n/a

1.  The shareholding guidelines were approved by the Remuneration Committee in March 2014. The guidelines require the Chief Executive Officer and Chief 
Financial Officer to acquire over time (to the extent they have not already done so) and maintain an ownership level of holdings of shares in Volex plc 
equal to gross basic salary. There is no time limit defined for achieving the target level. Senior Executives, as defined by the Remuneration Committee, 
must (unless a waiver is obtained from the Committee) retain a minimum of 50% of net shares (i.e. after statutory deductions) acquired under the 
relevant Employee Equity Plans until the relevant ownership level is met.

2. Nathaniel Rothschild’s shareholding is held directly and through NR Holdings Limited. 

The table below shows the Executive and Non-Executive Directors’ interests in shares which includes all shares owned beneficially 
together with those interests in shares which have vested and are no longer subject to deferral or performance conditions and may be 
included as an interest in shares under Volex’s shareholding guidelines plus those shares and options over which future performance 
conditions remain.

Nathaniel Rothschild
Daren Morris
Adrian Chamberlain
Dean Moore

Subject to performance
Vested but 
unexercised
574,147
574,147
–
–

Not subject to 
performance
–
–
–
–

Shares held
35,422,354
533,063
24,986
15,000

Subject to performance

PSP
1,290,000
1,640,000
–
–

Deferred 
Shares1
280,902
296,294
–
–

Total
37,567,403
3,043,504
24,986
15,000

1.  Post year end, Nathaniel Rothschild has been awarded 155,201 deferred shares and Daren Morris 155,201 deferred shares as part of the FY2019 

bonus plan.

54

26523 

  26 June 2019 4:59 pm 

  Proof  15

Stock code: VLXVolex plcGOVERNANCEDirectors’ interests in shares and options under Volex PSP
Details of the Directors’ interests in long-term incentive schemes are set out below. Details, including explanation of movements during 
FY2019, are set out on page 54 of this Remuneration Report.

Volex Group plc Performance Share Plan (PSP)
Number of 
shares subject 
to PSP options 
granted during 
FY2019
340,000
340,000

Number of 
shares subject  
to PSP options 
held at 1 April 
2018
1,606,168
2,319,057

Nathaniel Rothschild
Daren Morris

Number of 
shares subject 
to PSP options 
exercised during 
FY2019
–
(136,083)

Number of 
shares subject 
to PSP options 
lapsed during 
FY2019
(82,021)
(308,827)

Number of 
shares subject  
to PSP  
options held at  
31 March 2019
1,864,147
2,214,147

Exercise price  
of shares  
subject to PSP 
options (£)
0.25
0.25

The Directors’ Remuneration Report was approved by the Board of Directors on 11 June 2019 and signed on its behalf by:

Adrian Chamberlain 
Chairman of the Remuneration Committee

26523 

  26 June 2019 4:59 pm 

  Proof  15

55

www.volex.comAnnual Report and Accounts 2019GOVERNANCEDirectors’ Report

Statement of the Directors’ responsibilities in respect of the financial statements
The Directors of Volex plc (the ‘Company’) are responsible for preparing the Annual Report, the Directors’ Remuneration Report and the 
financial statements in accordance with applicable law and regulation.

Company law requires the Directors to prepare financial statements for each financial 52 week period. Under that law, the Directors 
have prepared the Group and Company financial statements in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRSs) as 
adopted by the European Union. Under company law the Directors must not approve the financial statements unless they are satisfied 
that they give a true and fair view of the state of affairs of the Group and Company and of the profit or loss of the Group and Company 
for that period. In preparing the financial statements, the Directors are required to:

•  Select suitable accounting policies and then apply them consistently;

•  State whether applicable IFRSs as adopted by the European Union have been followed, subject to any material departures 

disclosed and explained in the financial statements;

•  Make judgements and accounting estimates that are reasonable and prudent; and

•  Prepare the financial statements on the going concern basis unless it is inappropriate to presume that the Group and Company will 

continue in business.

The Directors are also responsible for safeguarding the assets of the Group and Company and hence for taking reasonable steps for 
the prevention and detection of fraud and other irregularities.

The Directors are responsible for keeping adequate accounting records that are sufficient to show and explain the Group and 
Company’s transactions and disclose with reasonable accuracy at any time, the financial position of the Group and Company and 
enable them to ensure that the financial statements and the Directors’ Remuneration Report comply with the Companies Act 2006.

The Directors are responsible for the maintenance and integrity of the of the Company’s website. Legislation in the United Kingdom 
governing the preparation and dissemination of financial statements may differ from legislation in other jurisdictions.

By order of the Board

Nathaniel Rothschild 
Executive Chairman 

Daren Morris 
Chief Financial Officer & Company Secretary

56

26523 

  26 June 2019 4:59 pm 

  Proof  15

Stock code: VLXVolex plcGOVERNANCEThe Directors of the Company present their Annual Report for the year ended 31 March 2019. Certain information required for 
disclosure in this report is provided in other appropriate sections of the Annual Report and Accounts. These include the Corporate 
Governance Statement, the Directors’ Remuneration Report, the Strategic Report and the financial statements, together with the notes 
to those financial statements and accordingly these are incorporated into this report by reference.

Results and dividend
Results for the year ended 31 March 2019 are set out in the Consolidated Income Statement on page 68. 

The Board is not recommending payment of a final dividend for the 52 weeks ended 31 March 2019 (FY2018: nil). 

Directors
The Directors who were in office during the year and up to the date of signing the financial statements are as follows:

Executive Director
Nathaniel Rothschild 
Daren Morris 

Non-Executive Directors
Adrian Chamberlain
Dean Moore 

Biographical details of the Directors currently serving on the Board and their dates of appointment are set out on page 32. 

Powers of Directors 
The Directors may exercise all the powers of the Company, subject to any restrictions in the Company’s Articles of Association, any 
relevant legislation and any directions given by the Company by passing a special resolution at a general meeting. 

In particular, the Directors may exercise all the powers of the Company to borrow money, subject to the limitation that the aggregate 
amount of all money borrowed by the Group and owing to persons outside the Group shall not, without the sanction of an ordinary 
resolution of the Company, exceed an amount equal to three times the aggregate of the Group’s capital and reserves calculated in the 
manner prescribed by the Company’s Articles of Association.

Appointment and replacement of Directors 
The Company’s approach to the appointment and replacement of Directors is governed by its Articles of Association (together with 
relevant legislation).

The number of Directors should be no fewer than three and no more than 15. Directors may be appointed by the Company by ordinary 
resolution or by the Board of Directors. 

At each Annual General Meeting, all Directors who (i) were appointed by the Board since the last Annual General Meeting, (ii) held office 
at the time of the two preceding Annual General Meetings and who did not retire at either of them, or (iii) have held office (other than 
employment or executive office) for a continuous period of nine years or more, shall automatically retire. 

At the meeting at which the Director retires, the members may pass an ordinary resolution to fill the office being vacated by electing 
the retiring Director or some other person eligible for appointment to that office. In default, the retiring Director shall be deemed to 
have been elected or re-elected (as the case may be) unless (i) it is expressly resolved at the meeting not to fill the vacated office or the 
resolution of such election or re-election is put to the meeting and lost, or (ii) such Director has given notice that he or she is unwilling to 
be elected or re-elected, or (iii) the procedural requirements set out in the Company’s Articles of Association are contravened. 

The Company may, by ordinary resolution, remove any Director before the expiration of his or her term of office.

As set out in the Company’s Articles of Association, there are also circumstances where a Director will immediately cease to hold office. 
These circumstances include where he or she is prohibited by law from being or acting as a Director or where he or she has been 
made bankrupt. 

Directors’ indemnities and insurance
In accordance with the Companies Act 2006 and the Company’s Articles of Association, the Company has purchased Directors’ and 
Officers’ Liability Insurance. The indemnity was in force throughout the last financial year and is currently in force at the date of this 
report. The Company reviews its insurance policies on an annual basis in order to satisfy itself that its level of cover remains adequate. 

Directors’ share interests
The number of ordinary shares of the Company in which the Directors are beneficially interested at 31 March 2019 is set out in the 
Directors’ Remuneration Report on pages 41 to 55.

Articles of Association 
Any amendments to the Articles of Association of the Company may be made by special resolution of the shareholders. 

26523 

  26 June 2019 4:59 pm 

  Proof  15

57

www.volex.comAnnual Report and Accounts 2019GOVERNANCEDirectors’ Report
continued

Share capital
Details of the Company’s share capital and share issues during the year are set out in note 23 to the financial statements. The 
Company’s share capital consists of one class of ordinary shares which do not carry rights to fixed income. As at 31 March 2019, there 
were 147,367,933 ordinary shares of 25p each in issue. 

A new authority to allot shares will be sought at the forthcoming Annual General Meeting. 

Voting rights 
Ordinary shareholders are entitled to receive notice and to attend and speak at general meetings. Each shareholder present in person 
or by proxy (or by duly authorised corporate representative) shall, on a show of hands, have one vote. On a poll, each shareholder 
present in person or by proxy shall have one vote for each share held. 

Restrictions on transfer of shares 
Other than the general provisions of the Articles of Association (and prevailing legislation), there are no specific restrictions on the size of 
a holding or on the transfer of the ordinary shares. 

The Directors are not aware of any agreements between the Company’s shareholders that may result in the restriction of the transfer of 
securities or on voting rights. No shareholder holds securities carrying any special rights or control over the Company’s share capital. 

Significant shareholders
The Company had been advised of the following notifiable direct and indirect interest in 3% or more of its issued share capital as at 
28 May 2019.

Shareholder
NR Holdings Limited
Ruffer LLP
Downing
Quaero Capital
JO Hambro Capital Management
Herald Investment Management

Number of ordinary 
shares of 25p each
35,996,501
28,885,337
10,506,118
10,050,975
6,566,500
5,678,020

% of total 
voting rights
24.43%
19.60%
7.13%
6.82%
4.46%
3.85%

Authority to purchase own shares
The Company was authorised by shareholder resolution at the 2018 Annual General Meeting to purchase up to 10% of its issued share 
capital. No shares were purchased pursuant to this authority during the year. A resolution to renew this authority will be proposed at the 
forthcoming Annual General Meeting. Under this authority, any shares purchased will either be cancelled, resulting in a reduction of the 
Company’s issued share capital, or held in treasury.

Employee share schemes
The Company does not have any employee share schemes with shares which have rights with regard to the control of the Company 
that are not exercisable directly by the employees.

Significant agreements/change of control
The Company is a party to a revolving credit facility in which the counterparties can determine whether or not to cancel the agreement 
where there has been a change of control of the Company. 

Details of the Directors’ service contracts can be found in the Directors’ Remuneration Report on page 41.

Future developments 
The development of the business is detailed in the Strategic Report on pages 8 to 29.

Research and development
The Company’s research and development activities are focused on driving innovation throughout the product portfolio, to enable it to 
deliver new or enhanced customer-specific connection solutions. We have continued to recruit design and development expertise and 
pursue the development of patents where relevant. 

Employees
The Company’s disclosures on employee policies and involvement can be found in the Strategic Report on page 28. 

58

26523 

  26 June 2019 4:59 pm 

  Proof  15

Stock code: VLXVolex plcGOVERNANCEPolitical and charitable donations
The Company made no political or charitable donations during the year. 

Greenhouse gas emissions
The Directors elect to provide details on greenhouse gas emissions in their report; such disclosures are made within the Corporate and 
Social Responsibility Report on pages 28 to 29. 

Financial risk management
The Company’s objectives and policies on financial risk management including information on the exposure of the Company to 
customer concentration, commodity price fluctuations, foreign exchange rates, pricing, credit, liquidity and cash flow risks are set out in 
note 30 to the accounts and in the Group Risk Management section on pages 24 to 27.

Going Concern statement
The considerations made by the Directors with regards to Going Concern are set out in the Financial Review on pages 20 to 23.

Having taken these into account, the Directors have, at the time of approving the financial statements, a reasonable expectation that 
the Company and the Group have adequate resources to continue in operational existence for at least 12 months from the date of 
these accounts. Accordingly, they continue to adopt the going concern basis in preparing the financial statements.

Overseas Branches
During the year no new or additional overseas branches were established.

Takeover directive disclosure 
The Company has in issue, as at 28 May 2019, 147,367,933 fully paid-up shares of 25p each. The rights associated with these shares 
are set out in the Company’s Articles of Association. There are no restrictions on the transfer of these shares or their attached voting 
rights.

Details of significant shareholdings as at 28 May 2019 are given on page 58.

No person holds shares with specific rights regarding control of the Company.

The Company is not aware of any agreements among holders of securities known to the Company which may result in restrictions on 
the transfer of securities or voting rights.

Auditors and disclosure of information to auditors 
Each of the persons who is a Director at the date of approval of this Annual Report confirms that:

 − So far as the Director is aware, there is no relevant audit information of which the Company’s auditors are unaware; and

 − The Director has taken all the reasonable steps that he ought to have taken as a Director in order to make himself aware of any 

relevant audit information and to establish that the Company’s auditors are aware of that information.

The above confirmation is given and should be interpreted in accordance with the provisions of Section 418 of the Companies 
Act 2006. 

PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP have expressed their willingness to continue in office as auditors and a resolution seeking to reappoint 
them will be proposed at the forthcoming Annual General Meeting. 

Annual General Meeting
The Company’s Annual General Meeting will be held on 30 July 2019. Details of the venue and the resolutions to be proposed are set 
out in a separate Notice of Annual General Meeting.

This report was approved by the Board of Directors of Volex plc and signed on its order by:

Daren Morris 
Company Secretary 
12 June 2019

26523 

  26 June 2019 4:59 pm 

  Proof  15

59

www.volex.comAnnual Report and Accounts 2019GOVERNANCEIndependent auditors’ report 
to the members of Volex plc

Report on the audit of the financial statements
Opinion
In our opinion, Volex plc’s Group financial statements and Company financial statements (the “financial statements”):

•  give a true and fair view of the state of the Group’s and of the Company’s affairs as at 31 March 2019 and of the Group’s profit and 

the Group’s and the Company’s cash flows for the 52 week period (the “period”) then ended;

•  have been properly prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRSs) as adopted by the European 
Union and, as regards the Company’s financial statements, as applied in accordance with the provisions of the Companies Act 
2006; and

•  have been prepared in accordance with the requirements of the Companies Act 2006.

We have audited the financial statements, included within the Annual Report and Accounts 2019 (the “Annual Report”), which 
comprise: the Consolidated and Company Statements of Financial Position as at 31 March 2019; the Consolidated Income Statement 
and Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income, the Consolidated and Company Statements of Cash Flows, and the 
Consolidated and Company Statements of Changes in Equity for the 52 week period then ended; and the Notes to the Financial 
Statements, which include a description of the significant accounting policies.

Basis for opinion
We conducted our audit in accordance with International Standards on Auditing (UK) (“ISAs (UK)”) and applicable law. Our 
responsibilities under ISAs (UK) are further described in the Auditors’ responsibilities for the audit of the financial statements section of 
our report. We believe that the audit evidence we have obtained is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our opinion.

Independence
We remained independent of the Group in accordance with the ethical requirements that are relevant to our audit of the financial 
statements in the UK, which includes the FRC’s Ethical Standard, as applicable to listed entities, and we have fulfilled our other ethical 
responsibilities in accordance with these requirements.

Our audit approach
Overview

•  Overall Group materiality: $1,000,000 (2018: $521,000), based on 5% of profit before tax, interest 

expense, adjusting items and share based payments.

•  Overall Company materiality: $525,000 (2018: $450,000), initially based on 1% of total assets but 

Materiality

capped at the component materiality allocation.

•  We conducted a full scope audit of 7 components and specified procedures on 6 components, 

which provided us with the following coverage: 88% of revenue, 76% of profit before tax, interest 
and adjusting items and share based payments, 100% of adjusting items, 90% of interest payable 
and over 69% of net assets. Furthermore, analytical review procedures were performed on a 
further 9 components.

•  We visited the manufacturing facilities in Shenzhen and the Volex sales office in Singapore and 
Galway (Ireland). We also visited component audit teams in China, Ireland and Singapore and 
attended planning and clearance calls with all component teams.

Audit scope

Key audit
matters

•  Adjusting items (Group); and

•  Business combinations (Group).

60

26523 

  26 June 2019 4:59 pm 

  Proof  15

Stock code: VLXVolex plcGOVERNANCE 
 
   
The scope of our audit
As part of designing our audit, we determined materiality and assessed the risks of material misstatement in the financial statements. 
In particular, we looked at where the Directors made subjective judgements, for example in respect of significant accounting estimates 
that involved making assumptions and considering future events that are inherently uncertain.

As in all of our audits we also addressed the risk of management override of internal controls, including evaluating whether there was 
evidence of bias by the Directors that represented a risk of material misstatement due to fraud.

Key audit matters
Key audit matters are those matters that, in the auditors’ professional judgement, were of most significance in the audit of the financial 
statements of the current period and include the most significant assessed risks of material misstatement (whether or not due to fraud) 
identified by the auditors, including those which had the greatest effect on: the overall audit strategy; the allocation of resources in the 
audit; and directing the efforts of the engagement team. These matters, and any comments we make on the results of our procedures 
thereon, were addressed in the context of our audit of the financial statements as a whole, and in forming our opinion thereon, and we 
do not provide a separate opinion on these matters. This is not a complete list of all risks identified by our audit. 

Key audit matter

How our audit addressed the key audit matter

Adjusting items
The Directors have classified $6.2m of pre-tax expenses and 
$0.2m of tax income as non-recurring in the Consolidated Income 
Statement, disclosure of which they believe helps to understand 
the underlying performance of the business. 

The Directors have assessed the costs included in note 4 and the 
relevant costs included in note 10 to be both one-off in nature and 
significant in size and have classified these as non-recurring in line 
with their accounting policy in note 2.

These items primarily relate to costs incurred as a result of the 
restructuring programme, costs associated with the acquisitions 
made during the year, amortisation of acquired intangibles and 
GMP equalisation costs. 

We focused on this area because of the magnitude of these 
items, and the impact that they have on the presentation of the 
underlying profit in comparison to the statutory measure of profit 
before tax. Adjusting items are discussed in note 4 and in the 
Financial Review on page 21.

We obtained management’s detailed listing of adjusting items 
and our procedures included the following:

•  Testing that they met the Group’s accounting policy for 
adjusting items, as described on page 84, and applying 
professional scepticism as to the appropriateness of the 
classification of these items as non-recurring considering 
their nature and value;

•  For restructuring costs, we agreed a sample of costs to 
severance agreements, focusing on the nature of these 
costs. Management were consistent in their approach to 
the classification of non-recurring restructuring costs, only 
including costs for positions that were no longer required 
as part of the rationalisation or closure of facilities or 
operations;

•  For acquisition costs, we assessed whether the costs 
related to the acquisitions and had been incurred pre 
year end, and were non-recurring in nature; we agreed a 
sample of costs to invoices;

•  For the amortisation of acquired intangibles, we performed 
a high level analytic and substantiated differences above a 
threshold lower than materiality; 

•  For GMP equalisation costs, our pension experts 

evaluated the estimates and data used by management 
to calculate the cost. They benchmarked the assumptions 
to external data and challenged the reasonableness of the 
assumptions used; 

•  We tested that the reconciliation of operating profit to 

statutory measures as shown in note 7 is accurate; and

•  We assessed that the appropriateness and completeness 
of disclosures, included in the Group financial statements, 
reflected the output of management’s positions taken, 
noting no significant deviations.

Overall, we consider the position taken by management to be 
appropriate. 

26523 

  26 June 2019 4:59 pm 

  Proof  15

61

www.volex.comAnnual Report and Accounts 2019GOVERNANCEIndependent auditors’ report 
to the members of Volex plc continued

Key audit matter

How our audit addressed the key audit matter

Business combinations – MC Electronics LLC, Silcotec 
Europe Limited and GTK (Holdco) Limited
As disclosed in note 34 to the financial statements, during the 
year the Group acquired 100% of the issued share capital of 
MC Electronics, the trade and assets of Silcotec Europe Limited 
(“Silcotec”) and 100% of the share capital of GTK (Holdco) 
Limited.

All three transactions are considered to be business combinations 
under IFRS 3. 

Accounting for business combinations is complex and 
involves judgement around identifying the date of acquisition, 
determination of the fair value of consideration paid and payable, 
and assessment of the fair value of assets and liabilities assumed.

Management made further fair value adjustments to working 
capital balances as required.

The fair value exercise resulted in a $15.1m increase in goodwill 
and a $13.1m increase in intangible assets.

Accounting for a business combination requires that the 
accounting policies of the acquiree are aligned with the 
accounting policies of the acquirer – this has been performed by 
the Group management.

Given the significance and complexity around the transactions, 
there is a risk that the accounting treatment may be incorrect and 
as such this is a key audit matter.

We obtained management’s fair value calculations and 
evaluated the key judgements and estimates made by 
management in determining the fair value of net assets 
acquired. We focussed on this area due to the significance 
of these transactions and the complexity around judgements 
and estimates made in accounting for the acquisitions. We 
undertook the following procedures:

•  We used our valuation experts to evaluate the key 
assumptions, including revenue growth, customer 
value and discount rates used by management. We 
benchmarked these to external data and challenged the 
assumptions based on our knowledge of the Group and 
the industry within which it operates.

•  We obtained and reviewed the sale and purchase 

agreements.

•  We obtained management’s fair value calculations for 

each component of the consideration and assessed the 
appropriateness of these calculations. 

•  For the assets and liabilities acquired, we tested a selection 
to supporting documentation and recalculated estimates 
to gain comfort over the fair value on acquisition of all three 
entities. There were no material differences.

• 

In respect of the fair value of the intangibles, we obtained 
management’s discounted cash flow calculations and 
assessed the reasonableness of the assumptions. Key 
assumptions made by management included discount 
rate, forecast sales, gross profit margins, operating profit 
margins and period for discounting. 

Based on our procedures, we found no exceptions and overall 
consider management’s key assumptions to be within an 
acceptable range.

We determined that there were no key audit matters applicable to the Company to communicate in our report.

How we tailored the audit scope
We tailored the scope of our audit to ensure that we performed enough work to be able to give an opinion on the financial statements 
as a whole, taking into account the structure of the Group and the Company, the accounting processes and controls, and the industry 
in which they operate.

In establishing the overall approach to the Group audit, we determined the type of work that needed to be performed at the statutory 
reporting unit level by us, as the Group audit team, or through involvement of our component auditors in Poland, Mexico, China and 
Singapore. The Group operates two main divisions, ‘Power Cords’ and ‘Cable Assemblies’, and the operations are spread across 
multiple countries. Our approach gives us sufficient coverage of both divisions.

Where work was performed by our component auditors, we determined the level of involvement we needed to have in the audit work 
for each reporting unit to be able to conclude whether sufficient appropriate audit evidence had been obtained as a basis for our 
opinion on the Group financial statements as a whole. As part of our year end audits, the Group team’s involvement comprised of site 
visits, conference calls, review of component auditor work papers, attendance at component audit clearance meetings and other forms 
of communication as considered necessary.

The Group audit team directly performed the work over the head office branch of the Company and Silcotec Europe, with our 
component auditors in Poland performing the work in respect of the significant branches of the Company for which the books and 
records are located in that territory. The Group audit team performed the audit of the consolidation.

62

26523 

  26 June 2019 4:59 pm 

  Proof  15

Stock code: VLXVolex plcGOVERNANCEWe identified seven units which, in our view, required an audit of their complete financial information, either due to their size or risk 
characteristics. This included the operating subsidiaries in Shenzhen, Zhongshan, Galway and Tijuana; the European branches of the 
parent Company whose accounting records are located in Poland, as well as the head office branch of the Company in the United 
Kingdom. Specific audit procedures on certain balances and transactions were also performed on a further six reporting units. The 
above gave us coverage of 88% of revenue, 76% of profit before tax, interest and adjusting items and share based payments, 100% 
of adjusting items, 90% of interest payable and over 69% of net assets. Furthermore, analytical review procedures were performed 
on a further nine components. As a whole, these procedures gave us the evidence we needed for our opinion on the Group financial 
statements.

Materiality
The scope of our audit was influenced by our application of materiality. We set certain quantitative thresholds for materiality. These, 
together with qualitative considerations, helped us to determine the scope of our audit and the nature, timing and extent of our 
audit procedures on the individual financial statement line items and disclosures and in evaluating the effect of misstatements, both 
individually and in aggregate on the financial statements as a whole. 

Based on our professional judgement, we determined materiality for the financial statements as a whole as follows:

Overall materiality

$1,000,000 (2018: $521,000).

$525,000 (2018: $450,000).

Group financial statements

Company financial statements

How we determined it

Rationale for benchmark 
applied

5% of profit before tax, interest expense, 
and adjusting items and share based 
payments.

We consider profit before tax, adjusting 
items and share based payments and 
interest expense to provide an accurate 
depiction of the underlying profitability of 
the business.

Allocated component materiality.

1% of total assets was considered an appropriate 
benchmark to use due to the Company’s status 
as an investment holding company, however this 
would have given a materiality level in excess of the 
materiality allocated to the component determined 
through our group scoping exercise. Accordingly, 
Company materiality was capped at the component 
materiality allocation.

For each component in the scope of our Group audit, we allocated a materiality that is less than our overall Group materiality. The 
range of materiality allocated across components was between $400,000 and $650,000. Certain components were audited to a local 
statutory audit materiality that was also less than our overall Group materiality.

We agreed with the Audit Committee that we would report to them misstatements identified during our audit above $50,000 (Group 
audit) (2018: $25,000) and $50,000 (Company audit) (2018: $25,000) as well as misstatements below those amounts that, in our view, 
warranted reporting for qualitative reasons.

Conclusions relating to going concern
ISAs (UK) require us to report to you when: 

• 

the Directors’ use of the going concern basis of accounting in the preparation of the financial statements is not appropriate; or 

• 

the Directors have not disclosed in the financial statements any identified material uncertainties that may cast significant doubt 
about the Group’s and Company’s ability to continue to adopt the going concern basis of accounting for a period of at least twelve 
months from the date when the financial statements are authorised for issue.

We have nothing to report in respect of the above matters.

However, because not all future events or conditions can be predicted, this statement is not a guarantee as to the Group’s and 
Company’s ability to continue as a going concern. For example, the terms on which the United Kingdom may withdraw from the 
European Union are not clear, and it is difficult to evaluate all of the potential implications on the Group’s trade, customers, suppliers 
and the wider economy. 

26523 

  26 June 2019 4:59 pm 

  Proof  15

63

www.volex.comAnnual Report and Accounts 2019GOVERNANCE 
Independent auditors’ report 
to the members of Volex plc continued

Reporting on other information 
The other information comprises all of the information in the Annual Report other than the financial statements and our auditors’ report 
thereon. The Directors are responsible for the other information. Our opinion on the financial statements does not cover the other 
information and, accordingly, we do not express an audit opinion or, except to the extent otherwise explicitly stated in this report, any 
form of assurance thereon. 

In connection with our audit of the financial statements, our responsibility is to read the other information and, in doing so, consider 
whether the other information is materially inconsistent with the financial statements or our knowledge obtained in the audit, or 
otherwise appears to be materially misstated. If we identify an apparent material inconsistency or material misstatement, we are 
required to perform procedures to conclude whether there is a material misstatement of the financial statements or a material 
misstatement of the other information. If, based on the work we have performed, we conclude that there is a material misstatement of 
this other information, we are required to report that fact. We have nothing to report based on these responsibilities.

With respect to the Strategic Report and Directors’ Report, we also considered whether the disclosures required by the UK Companies 
Act 2006 have been included. 

Based on the responsibilities described above and our work undertaken in the course of the audit, ISAs (UK) require us also to report 
certain opinions and matters as described below.

Strategic Report and Directors’ Report
In our opinion, based on the work undertaken in the course of the audit, the information given in the Strategic Report and Directors’ 
Report for the period ended 31 March 2019 is consistent with the financial statements and has been prepared in accordance with 
applicable legal requirements (CA06). 

In light of the knowledge and understanding of the Group and Company and their environment obtained in the course of the audit, we 
did not identify any material misstatements in the Strategic Report and Directors’ Report (CA06). 

Responsibilities for the financial statements and the audit
Responsibilities of the directors for the financial statements
As explained more fully in the Statement of the Directors’ Responsibilities set out on page 56, the Directors are responsible for the 
preparation of the financial statements in accordance with the applicable framework and for being satisfied that they give a true and fair 
view. The Directors are also responsible for such internal control as they determine is necessary to enable the preparation of financial 
statements that are free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error.

In preparing the financial statements, the Directors are responsible for assessing the Group’s and the Company’s ability to continue as a 
going concern, disclosing as applicable, matters related to going concern and using the going concern basis of accounting unless the 
Directors either intend to liquidate the Group or the Company or to cease operations, or have no realistic alternative but to do so.

Auditors’ responsibilities for the audit of the financial statements
Our objectives are to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements as a whole are free from material 
misstatement, whether due to fraud or error, and to issue an auditors’ report that includes our opinion. Reasonable assurance is a 
high level of assurance, but is not a guarantee that an audit conducted in accordance with ISAs (UK) will always detect a material 
misstatement when it exists. Misstatements can arise from fraud or error and are considered material if, individually or in the aggregate, 
they could reasonably be expected to influence the economic decisions of users taken on the basis of these financial statements. 

A further description of our responsibilities for the audit of the financial statements is located on the FRC’s website at: www.frc.org.uk/
auditorsresponsibilities. This description forms part of our auditors’ report.

Use of this report
This report, including the opinions, has been prepared for and only for the Company’s members as a body in accordance with Chapter 
3 of Part 16 of the Companies Act 2006 and for no other purpose. We do not, in giving these opinions, accept or assume responsibility 
for any other purpose or to any other person to whom this report is shown or into whose hands it may come save where expressly 
agreed by our prior consent in writing.

64

26523 

  26 June 2019 4:59 pm 

  Proof  15

Stock code: VLXVolex plcGOVERNANCEOther required reporting
Companies Act 2006 exception reporting
Under the Companies Act 2006 we are required to report to you if, in our opinion:

•  we have not received all the information and explanations we require for our audit; or

•  adequate accounting records have not been kept by the Company, or returns adequate for our audit have not been received from 

branches not visited by us; or

•  certain disclosures of Directors’ remuneration specified by law are not made; or

• 

the Company financial statements are not in agreement with the accounting records and returns. 

We have no exceptions to report arising from this responsibility. 

Timothy McAllister (Senior Statutory Auditor)
for and on behalf of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
Chartered Accountants and Statutory Auditors
London
12 June 2019

26523 

  26 June 2019 4:59 pm 

  Proof  15

65

www.volex.comAnnual Report and Accounts 2019GOVERNANCEConsolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income

Consolidated and Company Statements of  
Financial Position
Consolidated and Company Statements of  
Changes in Equity
Consolidated and Company Statements of  
Cash Flows

s Consolidated Income Statement
l
a
i
c
n
a
n
i
F

Notes to the Financial Statements

68

69

70

71

72

73

66

26523 

  26 June 2019 4:59 pm 

  Proof  15

Stock code: VLXVolex plcFINANCIALS26523 

  26 June 2019 4:59 pm 

  Proof  15

67

www.volex.comAnnual Report and Accounts 2019FINANCIALSConsolidated Income Statement
For the 52 weeks ended 31 March 2019 (52 weeks ended 1 April 2018)

Before 
adjusting
items and 
share-based 
payments 
$’000

2019
Adjusting
items and  
share-based 
payments  
 (Note 4)
$’000

372,104
(298,586)
73,518
(51,912)
21,606

(210)
129
(1,276)

20,249
(2,650)

–
–
–
(8,614)
(8,614)

–
–
–

(8,614)
221

Group

Before
 adjusting
items and 
share-based 
payments 
$’000

322,377
(266,388)
55,989
(44,532)
11,457

(192)
20
(1,606)

9,679
(1,519)

2018
Adjusting
items and 
share-based 
payments 
 (Note 4) 
$’000

–
(146)
(146)
(2,538)
(2,684)

–
–
–

(2,684)
(1,551)

Total
 $’000

372,104
(298,586)
73,518
(60,526)
12,992

(210)
129
(1,276)

11,635
(2,429)

Total 
$’000

322,377
(266,534)
55,843
(47,070)
8,773

(192)
20
(1,606)

6,995
(3,070)

17,599

(8,393)

9,206

8,160

(4,235)

3,925

13.1
12.7

6.9
6.7

9.2
8.9

4.4
4.3

Revenue
Cost of sales
Gross profit
Operating expenses
Operating profit/(loss)
Share of net loss from 
associates and joint 
ventures
Finance income
Finance costs
Profit/(loss) on ordinary 
activities before taxation
Taxation
Profit/(loss) for the 
period attributable 
to the owners of the 
parent
Earnings per share 
(cents)
Basic 
Diluted

Notes

3

16
5
6

10

7

11
11

The notes on pages 73 to 127 are an integral part of these financial statements.

68

26523 

  26 June 2019 4:59 pm 

  Proof  15

Stock code: VLXVolex plcFINANCIALSConsolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income
For the 52 weeks ended 31 March 2019 (52 weeks ended 1 April 2018)

Profit for the period

Items that will not be reclassified subsequently to profit or loss
Actuarial gain on defined benefit pension schemes

Items that may be reclassified subsequently to profit or loss
Gain/(loss) arising on cash flow hedges during the period
Exchange gain/(loss) on translation of foreign operations

Notes

29

Group

2019
$’000 

9,206

305
305

180
579
759

2018
 $’000 

3,925 

870
870

(265)
(3,631)
(3,896)

Other comprehensive income/(loss) for the period

1,064

(3,026)

Total comprehensive income for the period attributable to the owners of the 
parent

10,270

899

The notes on pages 73 to 127 are an integral part of these financial statements.

26523 

  26 June 2019 4:59 pm 

  Proof  15

69

www.volex.comAnnual Report and Accounts 2019FINANCIALSConsolidated and Company Statements of Financial Position
As at 31 March 2019 (1 April 2018)

Non-current assets
Goodwill
Other intangible assets
Property, plant and equipment
Investments
Interests in associates and joint ventures
Other receivables
Deferred tax asset

Current assets
Inventories
Trade receivables
Other receivables
Current tax assets
Derivative financial instruments
Cash and bank balances

Total assets
Current liabilities
Borrowings
Trade payables
Other payables
Current tax liabilities
Retirement benefit obligation
Provisions

Net current assets/(liabilities)
Non-current liabilities
Borrowings
Other payables
Non-current tax liabilities
Deferred tax liabilities
Retirement benefit obligation
Provisions

Total liabilities
Net assets
Equity attributable to owners of the parent
Share capital
Share premium account
Non-distributable reserve
Hedging and translation reserve
Own shares
Merger reserve
Retained earnings/(accumulated losses)
Total equity

Notes

12
13
14
15
16
18
21

17
18
18

30
26

19
20
20

29
22

19
20
10
21
29
22

23

24

24

Group

2019
 $’000

17,531
11,115
20,420
–
–
2,704
4,271
56,041

49,122
71,307
8,448
1,092
374
20,913
151,256
207,297

320
45,863
30,212
4,811
975
1,121
83,302
67,954

–
988
1,134
4,447
1,460
318
8,347
91,649
115,648

58,792
44,532
2,455
(7,391)
(1,890)
–
19,150
115,648

2018
 $’000

2,633
498
17,406
–
226
1,560
2,283
24,606

40,686
56,199
7,376
948
192
24,830
130,231
154,837

1,849
54,181
25,576
4,030
947
292
86,875
43,356

13,033
1,080
1,242
2,008
2,370
85
19,818
106,693
48,144

39,755
7,122
2,455
(8,150)
(867)
–
7,829
48,144

Company

2019
 $’000

2018
 $’000

–
59
2
119,006
–
72
–
119,139

2,956
12,647
19,299
140
460
3,448
38,950
158,089

–
246
28,765
–
975
–
29,986
8,964

–
25,420
–
–
1,460
–
26,880
56,866
101,223

58,792
44,532
1,186
(24,993)
–
15,540
6,166
101,223

–
61
2
103,224
–
62
–
103,349

2,003
8,158
5,266
–
192
48
15,667
119,016

1,789
315
31,213
–
947
–
34,264
(18,597)

13,033
27,378
–
–
2,370
–
42,781
77,045
41,971

39,755
7,122
1,186
(19,757)
–
15,540
(1,875)
41,971

The profit after tax for the year of the Company amounted to a profit of $5,895,000 (2018: loss of $18,922,000). 

The notes on pages 73 to 127 are an integral part of these financial statements.

The financial statements on pages 68 to 127 of Volex plc (company number: 158956) were approved by the Board of Directors and 
authorised for issue on 12 June 2019. They were signed on its behalf by:

Nathaniel Rothschild 
Executive Chairman

70

Daren Morris 
Chief Financial Officer

26523 

  26 June 2019 4:59 pm 

  Proof  15

Stock code: VLXVolex plcFINANCIALSConsolidated and Company Statements of Changes in Equity
For the 52 weeks ended 31 March 2019 (52 weeks ended 1 April 2018)

Group

Balance at 2 April 2017
Profit for the period attributable to the 
owners of the parent
Other comprehensive (loss)/income for 
the period
Total comprehensive (loss)/income for 
the period
Credit to equity for equity-settled 
share-based payments
Balance at 1 April 2018
Profit for the period attributable to the 
owners of the parent
Other comprehensive income for the 
period
Total comprehensive income for the 
period
Share issue
Exercise of deferred bonus shares
Own shares sold/(utilised) in the period
Own shares purchased in the period
Credit to equity for equity-settled 
share-based payments
Balance at 31 March 2019

Share 
capital 
$’000

Share 
premium 
account
 $’000

Non-
distributable 
reserves 
$’000

Hedging and 
translation 
reserve 
$’000

Own 
shares 
$’000

Retained 
earnings
 $’000

Total 
equity 
$’000

39,755

7,122

2,455

(4,254)

(867)

2,096

46,307

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–
39,755

–
7,122

–
2,455

–

–

–
18,886
151
–
–

–
58,792

–

–

–
37,410
–
–
–

–
44,532

–

–

–
–
–
–
–

–

(3,896)

(3,896)

–
(8,150)

–

759

759
–
–
–
–

–

–

–

–
(867)

–

–

–
–
–
75
(1,098)

–
(1,890)

3,925

3,925

870

(3,026)

4,795

938
7,829

899

938
48,144

9,206

9,206

305

1,064

9,511
–
(151)
(31)
–

10,270
56,296
–
44
(1,098)

1,992
19,150

1,992
115,648

–
2,455

–
(7,391)

Company

Balance at 2 April 2017
Loss for the year attributable to 
the owners of the parent
Other comprehensive income 
for the period
Total comprehensive income/
(loss) for the period
Credit to equity for equity-
settled share-based payments
Balance at 1 April 2018
Profit for the year attributable 
to the owners of the parent
Other comprehensive (loss)/
income for the period
Total comprehensive (loss)/
income for the period
Shares issued
Exercise of deferred bonus 
shares
Credit to equity for equity-
settled share-based payments
Balance at 31 March 2019

Share 
capital 
$’000

Share  
premium 
account  
$’000

Non-
distributable 
reserves 
$’000

Hedging and
translation
 reserve
 $’000

Retained 
earnings/ 
Accumulated 
losses
$’000

Merger 
reserve  
$’000

Total 
equity 
$’000

39,755

7,122

1,186

(26,012)

15,540

15,239

52,830

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

6,255

6,255

–

–

–

(18,922)

(18,922)

870

7,125

(18,052)

(11,797)

–
39,755

–
7,122

–
1,186

–
(19,757)

–
15,540

938
(1,875)

938
41,971

–

–

–

–

–
18,886

–
37,410

151

–

–

–

–
–

–

–

(5,236)

(5,236)
–

–

–

–

–
–

–

–
58,792

–
44,532

–
1,186

–
(24,993)

–
15,540

5,895

5,895

305

(4,931)

6,200
–

(151)

1,992
6,166

964
56,296

–

1,992
101,223

71

26523 

  26 June 2019 4:59 pm 

  Proof  15

www.volex.comAnnual Report and Accounts 2019FINANCIALSConsolidated and Company Statements of Cash Flows
For the 52 weeks ended 31 March 2019 (52 weeks ended 1 April 2018)

Notes

Net cash generated from/(used in) operating activities 

26

Cash flow generated from/(used in) investing activities 
Interest received
Acquisition of businesses, net of cash acquired
Proceeds on disposal of intangible assets, property, plant 
and equipment 
Purchases of property, plant and equipment 
Purchases of intangible assets 
Acquisition of own shares (net of funds received on option 
exercise)
Net cash inflow/(outflow) on intercompany funding
Purchase of preference shares
Investment in associates
Net cash generated from/(used in) investing activities 

5
34

14
13

18
16

Cash flows before financing activities 
Cash generated/(used) before adjusting items
Cash utilised in respect of adjusting items

Cash flow generated from/(used in) financing activities 
Refinancing costs paid
Dividend received
Repayment of borrowings 
Proceeds on issue of shares
New bank loans raised
Net cash generated from/(used in) financing activities 

Group

Company

2019
 $’000

(6,743)

11
(23,843)

512
(3,180)
(163)

(1,023)
–
(1,300)
–
(28,986)

(35,729)
(32,457)
(3,272)

–
–
(12,826)
46,685
–
33,859

2018
 $’000

2019
 $’000

4,893 

(4,449)

2018
 $’000

1,194

12
–

–
(25,526)

44
(2,436)
(2)

–
–
(400)
(400)
(3,182)

1,711
2,735
(1,024)

(496)
–
(7,285)
–
–
(7,781)

–
(2)
(46)

–
(4,636)
–
–
(30,210)

(34,659)
(34,062)
(597)

–
6,468
(12,826)
46,685
–
40,327

1
–

–
(3)
–

–
(4,994)
–
–
(4,996)

(3,802)
(3,289)
(513)

(496)
–
(3,000)
–
12,738
9,242

Net increase/(decrease) in cash and cash equivalents 

(1,870)

(6,070)

5,668

5,440

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period 
Effect of foreign exchange rate changes 
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period 

25
25
25

22,981
(518)
20,593

29,565
(514)
22,981

(1,741)
(479)
3,448

(6,028)
(1,153)
(1,741)

The notes on pages 73 to 127 are an integral part of these financial statements.

72

26523 

  26 June 2019 4:59 pm 

  Proof  15

Stock code: VLXVolex plcFINANCIALSNotes to the Financial Statements
For the 52 weeks ended 31 March 2019 (52 weeks ended 1 April 2018)

1. Presentation of financial statements
Volex plc (‘the Company’ and together with its subsidiaries ‘the Group’) is a public limited company incorporated and registered 
in England and Wales and domiciled in the United Kingdom under the Companies Act 2006 and whose shares are listed on AIM, 
a market on the London Stock Exchange. The address of the registered office is given on page 129. The nature of the Group’s 
operations and its principal activities are set out in the Strategic Report on pages 8 to 29.

Financial statements are prepared for the period ending on the Sunday following the Friday that falls closest to the accounting reference 
date of 31 March each year.

These financial statements are presented in US Dollars (‘USD’) as it is the currency of the primary economic environment in which the 
Group operates. 

The Company has elected to take the exemption under section 408 of the Companies Act 2006 to not present the parent company 
statement of comprehensive income (and separate income statement). The profit for the parent company for the period was 
$5,895,000 (2018: loss of $18,922,000).

2. Significant accounting policies
The principal accounting policies applied in the preparation of these consolidated financial statements are set out below. These policies 
have been consistently applied to all the periods presented, unless otherwise stated.

Basis of accounting
The financial statements have been prepared in accordance with European Union adopted IFRS, interpretations issued by the IFRS 
Interpretations Committee (IFRSIC) and the Companies Act 2006, applicable to companies reporting under IFRS.

The financial statements have been prepared on a going concern basis under the historical cost convention except for the revaluation 
of financial instruments that are measured at fair values at the end of each reporting period, as explained in the accounting policies 
below. Historical cost is generally based on the fair value of the consideration given in exchange for goods and services.

Adoption of new and revised International Financial Reporting Standards (‘IFRSs’)
The Group adopted IFRS 15 Revenue from Contracts with Customers and IFRS 9 Financial Instruments from 2 April 2018. These are 
the first set of the Group’s annual financial statements where IFRS 15 and IFRS 9 have been applied and the changes to the significant 
accounting policies are set out below.

There were no other new standards, amendments or interpretations, effective for the first time for the financial year beginning on or 
after 2 April 2018, that had a material impact on the Group or Parent Company.

IFRS 15 Revenue from Contracts with Customers introduced a single, principles-based approach to the recognition and measurement 
of revenue from all contracts with customers. This requires the identification of performance obligations with revenue recognised as 
these performance obligations are satisfied. The majority of the Group’s contracts have just one performance obligation which is the 
delivery of goods, which under IFRS 15 is recognised as a single point, on delivery or pick up depending upon the agreed terms with 
the customer. This treatment is consistent with the approach that the Group applied under IAS 18 Revenue and related interpretations.

The impact assessment performed by the Group on the implementation of IFRS 15 included a review of each of its revenue streams 
and significant customer contracts to identify distinct performance obligations and the appropriate method for recognising revenue 
upon satisfaction of the performance obligations.

The Group has applied IFRS 15 from its effective date and in accordance with the transitional provisions in IFRS 15, comparative 
figures have not been restated. There were no adjustments required on transition.

IFRS 9 Financial Instruments has replaced IAS 39 in its entirety. The Group has applied IFRS 9 in the current year and prospectively. 
In accordance with the transition provisions in IFRS 9, comparative figures have not been restated. There were no material changes in 
relation to the classification and measurement of financial assets and liabilities. There were no material changes for hedge accounting 
other than additional disclosure requirements. IFRS 9 introduced more comprehensive guidance on the impairment of financial assets. 
This requires the use of a three-stage ‘expected credit loss (ECL)’ model which is forward looking. It is no longer necessary for an 
impairment event to have occurred before credit losses are recognised. In accordance with the standard, the Group has reviewed and 
updated its provisioning policy. The impact on the Group of this change has been low and management monitor trade receivables 
closely.

The adoption of IFRS 9 did not have a material impact on the Group’s financial statements. The Group assessed the impact of the new 
standard on its hedging arrangements, investments valuation and provisioning for trade receivables.

26523 

  26 June 2019 4:59 pm 

  Proof  15

73

www.volex.comAnnual Report and Accounts 2019FINANCIALSNotes to the Financial Statements continued
For the 52 weeks ended 31 March 2019 (52 weeks ended 1 April 2018)

2. Significant accounting policies continued
New standards, amendments and interpretations issued but not yet effective for the financial year beginning 2 April 2018 
and not early adopted.
• 

IFRS 16 ‘Leases’, effective for financial periods beginning on or after 1 January 2019

IFRS 16 replaces existing lease guidance, including IAS 17 Leases and IFRIC 4 ‘Determining whether an arrangement contains a lease’. 
The standard requires lessees to account for most contracts under an on-balance sheet model, with the distinction between operating 
and finance leases being removed.

IFRS 16 Leases prescribes a single lessee accounting approach that requires the recognition of a right of use asset and corresponding 
liability for all those leases with terms over 12 months unless the underlying asset is of low value. The liability is initially measured at the 
present value of the future lease payments for the lease term. The depreciation of the right of use asset and interest on the lease liability 
will be recognised in the income statement over the lease term. In the cash flow statement, the total amount of cash paid is separated 
into a principal portion (within financing activities) and an interest portion (within operating activities). 

The Group has completed work to understand the impact of the new standard. This work has included a detailed assessment of 
contracts to establish lease classification which is complete for the traditional business and in progress for the acquisitions. The Group 
has also elected to apply the practical expedient to avoid the requirement to assess arrangements which were not classified as leases 
under IAS 17 and IFRIC 4 at 31 March 2019. The Group will apply IFRS 16 initially on 1 April 2019, using a modified retrospective 
approach. Therefore, the cumulative effect of adopting IFRS 16 will be recognised as an adjustment to the opening balance of retained 
earnings at 1 April 2019, with no restatement of comparatives.

The implementation of IFRS 16 is likely to have a significant impact on the Group.

• 

IFRIC 23 ‘Uncertainty over income tax treatments’ effective for financial periods beginning on or after 1 January 2019

Management has assessed the impact of this change and this is expected to be immaterial.

Basis of consolidation
The consolidated financial statements of Volex plc incorporate the financial statements of the Company and entities which it controls (its 
subsidiaries), (together the ‘Group’), and are drawn up to the relevant period end date. Control is achieved where the Company has the 
power to govern the financial and operating policies so as to be able to obtain benefits from its activities.

Where necessary, adjustments are made to the financial statements of subsidiaries to bring the accounting policies used into line with 
those used by the Group.

All intra-group assets and liabilities, equity, income, expenses and cash flows relating to transactions between the members of the 
Group are eliminated in full on consolidation.

Business combinations
Acquisitions of subsidiaries and businesses are accounted for using the acquisition method. The consideration transferred in a business 
combination is measured at fair value, which is calculated as the sum of acquisition-date fair values of assets transferred by the Group, 
liabilities incurred by the Group to the former owners of the acquiree and the equity interest issued by the Group in exchange for control 
of the acquiree. Acquisition-related costs are recognised in profit or loss as incurred.

Goodwill is measured as the excess of the sum of the consideration transferred and the amount of any non-controlling interests in the 
acquiree over the net of the acquisition-date amounts of the identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed.

Where the consideration for the acquisition includes any asset or liability resulting from a contingent consideration arrangement, it 
is measured at its acquisition date fair value and included as part of the consideration transferred. Subsequent changes in the fair 
value of contingent consideration that qualify as measurement period adjustments are adjusted retrospectively, with corresponding 
adjustments against goodwill. Measurement period adjustments are adjustments that arise from additional information obtained during 
the ‘measurement period’ (which cannot exceed one year from the acquisition date) about facts and circumstances that existed at the 
acquisition date. 

Goodwill
Goodwill is initially recognised and measured as set out above.

Goodwill is not amortised but is tested annually for impairment. For the purpose of impairment testing, goodwill is allocated to cash-
generating units. The allocation is made to those cash-generating units or groups of cash-generating units that are expected to benefit 
from the business combination in which the goodwill arose. If the recoverable amount of the cash-generating unit is less than the 
carrying amount of the unit, the impairment loss is allocated first to reduce the carrying amount of any goodwill allocated to the unit 
and then to the other assets of the unit pro-rata on the basis of the carrying amount of each asset in the unit. The impairment loss is 
recognised immediately in profit and loss and is not reversed in subsequent periods.

74

26523 

  26 June 2019 4:59 pm 

  Proof  15

Stock code: VLXVolex plcFINANCIALS2. Significant accounting policies continued
On disposal of a subsidiary, the attributable amount of goodwill is included in the determination of the profit or loss on disposal.

Goodwill arising on acquisitions before the date of transition to IFRS has been retained at the previous UK GAAP amounts. Goodwill 
arising on acquisitions prior to 31 March 1998 has been written off to reserves and has not been reinstated in the statement of financial 
position and will not be included in determining any subsequent profit or loss on disposal.

Investment in subsidiary undertakings
In the Company statement of financial position, investments in subsidiary undertakings are recorded at cost less provision for 
impairment. The excess of fair value over the nominal value of shares issued in consideration for investments in which ownership 
exceeds 90% is recorded in the Company’s merger reserve.

Interests in associates and joint ventures
Associates are all entities over which the Group has significant influence but not control, generally accompanying a shareholding of 
between 20% and 50% of the voting rights. Investments in associates are accounted for using the equity method of accounting. Under 
the equity method, the investment is initially recognised at cost, and the carrying amount is increased or decreased to recognise the 
investor’s share of the change in net assets of the investee after the date of acquisition. 

The Group’s share of post-acquisition profit or loss is recognised in the income statement, and its share of post-acquisition movements 
in other comprehensive income is recognised in other comprehensive income, with a corresponding adjustment to the carrying amount 
of the investment. Where the Group’s share of losses in an associate equals or exceeds its interest in the associate, including any other 
unsecured receivables, the Group does not recognise further losses, unless it has incurred legal or constructive obligations or made 
payments on behalf of the associate. Distributions received from an associate reduce the carrying amount of the investment.

The Group determines at each reporting date whether there is any objective evidence that the investment in the associate is impaired. If 
this is the case, the Group calculates the amount of impairment as the difference between the recoverable amount of the associate and 
its carrying value, and it recognises the amount adjacent to ‘share of profit/(loss) of associates’ in the income statement.

Foreign currencies
The individual financial statements of each Group company are prepared in the currency of the primary economic environment in which 
it operates (its functional currency). For the purpose of the consolidated financial statements, the results and financial position of each 
Group company are expressed in USD, which is the presentation currency for the consolidated financial statements.

In preparing the financial statements of the individual companies, transactions in currencies other than the entity’s functional currency 
(foreign currencies) are recognised at the rates of exchange prevailing on the dates of the transactions. At each reporting date, 
monetary assets and liabilities that are denominated in foreign currencies are retranslated at the rates prevailing at that date. Non-
monetary items carried at fair value that are denominated in foreign currencies are translated at the rates prevailing at the date when the 
fair value was determined. Non-monetary items that are measured in terms of historical cost in a foreign currency are not retranslated. 
Exchange differences are recognised in profit or loss in the period in which they arise except for:

•  Exchange differences on transactions entered into to hedge certain foreign currency risks (see below under financial instruments/

hedge accounting); and

•  Exchange differences on monetary items receivable from or payable to a foreign operation for which settlement is neither planned 

nor likely to occur in the foreseeable future (therefore forming part of the net investment in the foreign operation), which are 
recognised initially in other comprehensive income and reclassified from equity to profit or loss on disposal or partial disposal of the 
net investment. 

For the purpose of presenting consolidated financial statements, the assets and liabilities of the Group’s foreign operations are 
translated at exchange rates prevailing on the reporting date. Income and expense items are translated at the average exchange 
rates for the period, unless exchange rates fluctuate significantly during that period, in which case the exchange rates at the date of 
transactions are used. Exchange differences arising, if any, are recognised in other comprehensive income and accumulated in equity.

Revenue recognition
Revenue is recognised in accordance with the satisfaction of performance obligations of contracts. The majority of the Group’s 
contracts have just one performance obligation which is the delivery of goods, which under IFRS 15 is recognised as a single point, 
on delivery or pick up depending on the agreed terms with the customer. This is normally when control of the goods or services are 
transferred to the customer at an amount that reflects the consideration to which the Group expects to be entitled in exchange for 
those goods or services. The Group has concluded that it is the principal in its revenue arrangements.

Revenue is measured at the fair value of the consideration received or receivable for goods and services provided in the normal course 
of business, net of discounts, VAT and other sales-related taxes.

26523 

  26 June 2019 4:59 pm 

  Proof  15

75

www.volex.comAnnual Report and Accounts 2019FINANCIALSNotes to the Financial Statements continued
For the 52 weeks ended 31 March 2019 (52 weeks ended 1 April 2018)

2. Significant accounting policies continued
The Group considers whether there are additional commitments in contracts that are separate performance obligations to which a 
portion of the transaction price needs to be allocated. The majority of the Group’s contracts have just one performance obligation 
which is the delivery of goods, which under IFRS 15 would be recognised as a single point, on delivery or pick up depending upon the 
agreed terms with the customers. In addition, most customer contracts include a warranty clause for general repairs of defects that 
existed at the time of sale. Warranties cannot be purchased separately. These assurance-type warranties are accounted for under IAS 
37 Provisions, Contingent Liabilities and Contingent Assets. 

In determining the transaction price for the sale of equipment, the Group also considers the effects of the following:

• 

the existence of significant financing components. There are contracts where the Group receives short-term advances from its 
customers. Using the practical expedient in IFRS 15, the Group does not adjust the promised amount of consideration for the 
effects of a significant financing component if it expects, at contract inception, that the period between the transfer of the promised 
good or service to the customer and when the customer pays for that good or service will be one year or less. The normal credit 
term is 60 to 90 days upon delivery;

•  consideration payable to the customer – in certain instances the Group purchases raw materials from the customer. This 

consideration is not treated as a reduction to revenue since the payments made are in exchange for a distinct good (the raw 
material) that the customer transfers to the Group;

•  variable consideration and non-cash consideration – both of these are deemed to be immaterial for the Group. 

Revenue from the provision of engineering services is recognised by reference to the stage of completion of the contracted services.

Interest income is accrued on a timely basis by reference to the principal outstanding and the effective interest rate applicable.

Dividend income from investments is recognised when the shareholder’s right to receive payment has been established.

Taxation
The tax expense for the period comprises current and deferred tax. Tax is recognised in the income statement, except to the extent 
that it relates to items recognised in other comprehensive income or directly in equity. In this case the tax is recognised in other 
comprehensive income or directly in equity, respectively.

The tax currently payable is based on taxable profit for the period. Taxable profit differs from profit as reported in the income statement 
because it excludes items of income or expense that are taxable or deductible in other periods and it further excludes items that 
are never taxable or deductible. The Group’s liability for current tax is calculated using tax rates and laws that have been enacted or 
substantively enacted by the reporting date.

Deferred tax is the tax expected to be payable or recoverable on differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities 
in the financial statements and the corresponding tax bases used in the computation of taxable profit and is accounted for using 
the liability method. Deferred tax liabilities are generally recognised for all taxable temporary differences and deferred tax assets are 
recognised to the extent that it is probable that taxable profits will be available against which deductible temporary differences can 
be utilised. Such assets and liabilities are not recognised if the temporary differences arise from goodwill or from the initial recognition 
(other than in a business combination) of other assets and liabilities in a transaction that affects neither the taxable profit nor the 
accounting profit.

Deferred tax liabilities are recognised for taxable temporary differences arising on investments in subsidiaries and associates and 
interests in joint ventures, except where the Group is able to control the reversal of the temporary difference and it is probable that the 
temporary difference will not reverse in the foreseeable future.

The carrying amount of deferred tax assets is reviewed at each reporting date and reduced to the extent that it is no longer probable 
that sufficient taxable profits will be available to allow all or part of the asset to be recovered.

Deferred tax is calculated at the tax rates that are expected to apply in the period when the liability is settled or the asset is realised 
based on tax rates and laws that have been enacted or substantively enacted by the reporting date. Deferred tax is charged or credited 
in the income statement, except when it relates to items charged or credited in other comprehensive income, in which case the 
deferred tax is also dealt with in other comprehensive income.

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are offset when there is a legally enforceable right to set off current tax assets against current liabilities 
and when they relate to income taxes levied by the same taxation authority and the Group intends to settle its current tax assets and 
liabilities on a net basis.

Property, plant and equipment
•  Property, plant and equipment are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation and any recognised impairment loss. Cost includes 

the original purchase price of the asset and any further costs attributable to bringing the asset to its working condition for its 
intended use.

76

26523 

  26 June 2019 4:59 pm 

  Proof  15

Stock code: VLXVolex plcFINANCIALS2. Significant accounting policies continued
Depreciation is recognised so as to write off the cost or valuation of assets (other than freehold land which is not depreciated) less their 
residual values over their useful lives, using the straight-line method, on the following basis: 

Freehold and long leasehold buildings
Plant and machinery

up to 50 years or period of lease, if shorter
3 to 15 years

An item of property, plant and equipment is derecognised upon disposal or when no future economic benefits are expected to arise 
from the continued use of the asset. The gain or loss arising on the disposal of an asset is determined as the difference between the 
sales proceeds and the carrying amount of the asset and is recognised in income.

Intangible assets – computer software and licences
Computer software is stated at cost less accumulated depreciation and any recognised impairment loss. Acquired computer software 
licences are capitalised on the basis of the costs incurred to acquire and use the specific software. These costs are included in the 
statement of financial position within intangible assets and are amortised straight-line over their estimated useful lives, not exceeding 
five years.

Costs associated with maintaining computer software are recognised as an expense as incurred.

Intangible assets – patents and customer contracts and relationships
Separately acquired patents are stated at cost less accumulated amortisation. Customer contracts and relationships acquired in a 
business combination are recognised at fair value at the acquisition date. These intangible assets are amortised on a straight-line basis 
over their estimated useful lives.

Intangible assets – internally generated intangible assets – research and development expenditure
Expenditure on research activities is recognised as an expense in the period in which it is incurred.

The Group is engaged in development activities which include both general product development and specific customer development 
projects. An internally generated intangible asset arising from these development activities is recognised only if all of the following 
conditions are met:

•  An asset is created that can be identified;

• 

It is probable that the asset created will generate future economic benefits; and

•  The development cost of the asset can be measured reliably.

Internally generated intangible assets are amortised on a straight-line basis over their useful lives. Where no internally generated 
intangible asset can be recognised, development expenditure is recognised as an expense in the period in which it is incurred.

Impairment of property, plant and equipment and intangible assets excluding goodwill
At each reporting date, the Group reviews the carrying amounts of its property, plant and equipment and intangible assets to determine 
whether there is any indication that those assets have suffered an impairment loss. If any such indication exists, the recoverable amount 
of the asset is estimated in order to determine the extent of the impairment loss (if any). Where the asset does not generate cash flows 
that are independent from other assets, the Group estimates the recoverable amount of the CGU to which the asset belongs.

Recoverable amount is the higher of fair value less costs to sell and value in use. In assessing value in use, the estimated future cash 
flows are discounted to their present value using a pre-tax discount rate that reflects current market assessments of the time value of 
money and the risks specific to the asset for which the estimates of future cash flows have not been adjusted.

If the recoverable amount of an asset (or CGU) is estimated to be less than its carrying amount, the carrying amount of the asset (or 
CGU) is reduced to its recoverable amount. An impairment loss is recognised as an expense immediately, unless the relevant asset is 
carried at a revalued amount, in which case the impairment loss is treated as a revaluation decrease.

Where an impairment loss subsequently reverses, the carrying amount of the asset (or CGU) is increased to the revised estimate of its 
recoverable amount, but so that the increased carrying amount does not exceed the carrying amount that would have been determined 
had no impairment loss been recognised for the asset (or CGU) in prior periods. A reversal of an impairment loss is recognised as 
income immediately, unless the relevant asset is carried at a revalued amount, in which case the reversal of the impairment loss is 
treated as a revaluation increase.

Leases
Leases are classified as finance leases whenever the terms of the lease transfer substantially all the risks and rewards of ownership to 
the lessee. All other leases are classified as operating leases.

26523 

  26 June 2019 4:59 pm 

  Proof  15

77

www.volex.comAnnual Report and Accounts 2019FINANCIALSNotes to the Financial Statements continued
For the 52 weeks ended 31 March 2019 (52 weeks ended 1 April 2018)

2. Significant accounting policies continued
The Group as lessee
Assets held under finance leases are recognised as assets of the Group at their fair value or, if lower, at the present value of the 
minimum lease payments, each determined at the inception of the lease. The corresponding liability to the lessor is included in the 
balance sheet as a finance lease obligation. Lease payments are apportioned between finance expenses and reduction of the lease 
obligation so as to achieve a constant rate of interest on the remaining balance of the liability.

Rentals payable under operating leases are charged to income on a straight-line basis over the term of the relevant lease except 
where another more systematic basis is more representative of the time pattern in which economic benefits from the lease asset are 
consumed. Lease incentives are recognised as a liability and are allocated on a straight-line basis as a reduction of rental expense over 
the lease term.

The Group as lessor
Rental income from operating leases, which has arisen from the sublet of vacant premises, is recognised on a straight-line basis over 
the term of the relevant lease.

Inventories
Inventories are stated at the lower of cost and net realisable value. Cost is determined using a standard cost methodology and 
adjusted for material variances such that the adjusted figure represents direct materials, direct labour and an attributable proportion of 
manufacturing overheads based on normal levels of activity. Net realisable value is based on estimated selling price, less all estimated 
costs of completion and costs to be incurred in marketing, selling and distribution. Provision is made for obsolete, slow moving or 
defective items where appropriate.

Cash and cash equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents comprise cash on hand and demand deposits and other short-term highly liquid investments that are readily 
convertible to a known amount of cash and are subject to an insignificant risk of change in value less bank overdrafts.

Bank borrowings
Interest bearing bank loans and overdrafts are recorded at the proceeds received, net of direct issue costs. Finance charges, including 
premiums on settlement or redemption and direct issue costs, are accounted for on an accruals basis in the consolidated income 
statement using the effective interest rate method and are added to the carrying amount of the instrument to the extent that they are 
not settled in the period in which they arise.

Provisions
Provisions are recognised when the Group has a present obligation (legal or constructive) as a result of a past event, it is probable that 
the Group will be required to settle the obligation, and a reliable estimate can be made of the amount of the obligation. 

The amount recognised as a provision is the best estimate of the consideration required to settle the present obligation at the reporting 
date, taking into account the risks and uncertainties surrounding the obligation. Where a provision is measured using the cash flows 
estimated to settle the present obligation, its carrying value is the present value of those cash flows (when the effect of the time value of 
money is material).

Present obligations arising under onerous lease contracts are recognised and measured as provisions. An onerous contract is 
considered to exist where the Group has a contract under which the unavoidable costs of meeting the obligations under the contract 
exceed the economic benefits expected to be received under it.

A restructuring provision is recognised when the Group has developed a detailed formal plan for restructuring and has raised a valid 
expectation in those affected that it will carry out the restructuring by starting to implement the plan or announcing its main features to 
those affected by it. The measurement of a restructuring provision includes only the direct expenditures arising from the restructuring, 
which are those amounts that are both necessarily entailed by the restructuring and not associated with ongoing activities of the entity.

Provisions for the expected cost of warranty obligations under local sales of goods legislation are recognised at the date of sale of the 
relevant products, at the Directors’ best estimate of the expenditure required to settle the Group’s obligation.

Retirement benefits
The Group has both defined benefit and defined contribution retirement benefit schemes, the former of which is now closed to new 
entrants. The retirement benefit obligation recognised in the consolidated statement of financial position represents the deficit or surplus 
in the Group’s defined benefit scheme. 

For defined benefit schemes, the cost of providing benefits is determined using the Projected Unit Credit Method, with actuarial 
valuations carried out at the end of each reporting period. 

78

26523 

  26 June 2019 4:59 pm 

  Proof  15

Stock code: VLXVolex plcFINANCIALS2. Significant accounting policies continued 
Defined benefit costs are split into three categories:

•  Remeasurement; 

•  Net interest expense or income; and

•  Past service cost and gains and losses on curtailments and settlements.

Remeasurement comprises actuarial gains and losses, the effect of the asset ceiling (where applicable) and the return on scheme 
assets (excluding interest). These costs are recognised immediately in the statement of financial position with a charge or credit to the 
statement of comprehensive income in the period in which they occur. Remeasurement recorded in the statement of comprehensive 
income is not recycled. Net interest is calculated by applying a discount rate to the net defined benefit liability or asset and is 
recognised within finance costs (see note 6). As the defined benefit scheme is now closed, no service cost is incurred.

Payments to defined contribution retirement benefit schemes are recognised as an expense when employees have rendered service 
entitling them to the contributions. Payments to state-managed schemes are treated as payments to defined contribution schemes 
where the Group’s obligations under the schemes are equivalent to those arising in a defined contribution scheme. 

Share-based payments
Certain senior employees (including executives) receive remuneration in the form of share-based payment transactions where the 
individuals are compensated for services they provide with consideration in the form of equity instruments. 

The cost of equity-settled transactions with employees is measured with reference to the fair value of the equity instrument at the date 
they are granted and is recognised as an expense over the period in which the performance and/or service conditions are fulfilled, 
ending on the date on which the employee becomes fully entitled to the award. 

No expense is recognised for awards that do not ultimately vest as a result of not meeting performance or service conditions. Where all 
service and performance vesting conditions have been met, the awards are treated as vesting, irrespective of whether or not the market 
condition is satisfied, as market conditions have been reflected in the fair value of the equity instruments.

The fair value determined at the date of grant of the equity-settled share-based payments is expensed to the income statement on a 
straight-line basis over the vesting period, based on the estimate of the number of options that will eventually vest. At each reporting 
date, the Group revises its estimate of the number of equity instruments expected to vest as a result of the effect of non-market-based 
vesting conditions. The movement in cumulative expense since the previous balance sheet date is recognised in the income statement, 
with a corresponding entry in equity.

Adjusting items
Adjusting items replace the previously disclosed non-recurring items. The new description expands on the previous disclosure 
to not only include costs that are one-off in nature and significant (such as restructuring costs, impairment charges or acquisition 
related costs) but to also include the non-cash amortisation charge of intangible assets which have arisen under IFRS 3 business 
combinations. Only those restructuring costs that result in a permanent reduction in capabilities are treated as adjusting items. 

Adjusting items are included under the statutory classification appropriate to their nature but are separately disclosed on the face of the 
income statement within adjusting items to assist in understanding the underlying performance of the Group.

Share capital
Ordinary shares are classified as equity. Incremental costs directly attributable to the issue of new shares or options are shown in equity 
as a deduction from the proceeds, net of tax.

Investments and other financial assets – classification
Financial assets within the scope of IFRS 9 ‘Financial Instruments’ are classified as financial assets at fair value through profit or loss 
(FVTPL), financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income (FVOCI) and financial assets at amortised cost.

The classification of financial assets is determined on initial recognition. This takes account of the nature of the financial asset and 
the purpose for which it was acquired. Where an asset is classified as fair value through profit or loss (FVTPL) it is measured at fair 
value. Any net gains and losses, including dividend income or interest are recognised in finance revenue or finance cost in the income 
statement.

Financial assets classified as at fair value through other comprehensive income (FVOCI) are measured at fair value. For investments in 
equity instruments, dividends are recognised when the entity’s right to receive payment is established, the amount can be measured 
reliably and it is probable that the economic benefits will flow to the entity. Dividends are recognised in the income statement unless 
they represent the recovery of part of the cost of the investment, in which case they are included in other comprehensive income. 

26523 

  26 June 2019 4:59 pm 

  Proof  15

79

www.volex.comAnnual Report and Accounts 2019FINANCIALSNotes to the Financial Statements continued
For the 52 weeks ended 31 March 2019 (52 weeks ended 1 April 2018)

2. Significant accounting policies continued
Changes in the fair value of the financial asset are recognised in other comprehensive income and are not recycled to the income 
statement.

Financial assets that are held with the objective of collecting contractual cash flows and where the contractual terms of the financial 
asset give rise to cash flows on specified dates that represent the repayment of principal and interest are measured subsequently at 
amortised cost.

Investments and other financial assets – recognition and measurement
Where an entity holds an investment in an equity instrument that is actively traded in an organised financial market, the fair value is 
determined with reference to quoted closing market bid prices at the balance sheet date. Where there is no such active market, fair 
value is determined using valuation techniques and models appropriate to the instrument.

Loans and receivables are measured at amortised cost using the effective interest method and taking into consideration any allowance 
for impairment. The calculation includes any premium or discount on acquisition and includes transaction costs and fees that are an 
integral part of the effective interest rate.

Trade and other receivables are recognised initially at fair value and subsequently measured at amortised cost using the effective 
interest method less any provision for impairment.

At each balance sheet date the Group undertakes an assessment as to whether a financial asset or group of financial assets is 
impaired.

Trade and other receivables
For trade receivables, the Group applies the simplified approach permitted by IFRS 9, resulting in trade receivables recognised and 
carried at original invoice amount less an allowance for any uncollectible amounts based on expected credit losses. The Group 
assesses on a forward-looking basis the expected credit losses associated with its receivables carried at amortised cost. The 
impairment methodology applied depends on whether there has been a significant increase in credit risk.

Financial liabilities and equity 
Debt and equity instruments are classified as either financial liabilities or as equity in accordance with the substance of the contractual 
arrangement.

Borrowings
Interest-bearing loans and overdrafts are recognised initially at fair value, net of transaction costs incurred. Subsequent to initial 
recognition, borrowings are measured at amortised cost, using the effective interest rate method.

Trade payables
Trade payables are obligations to pay for goods or services that have been acquired in the ordinary course of business from suppliers. 
Accounts payable are classified as current liabilities if payment is due within one year or less. If not, they are presented as non-current 
liabilities.

Trade payables are recognised initially at fair value and subsequently measured at amortised cost using the effective interest method.

Derivative financial instruments
The Group’s activities expose it to the financial risks of changes in foreign exchange rates, interest rates and commodity prices. The 
Group enters into a variety of derivative financial instruments to manage its exposure to these risks. The use of financial derivatives is 
governed by a Group policy approved by the Board of Directors which provides written principles on the use of financial derivatives 
to hedge certain risk exposures. The Group does not use derivative financial instruments for speculative purposes. Further details of 
derivative financial instruments are disclosed in note 30 to the financial statements.

Derivatives are initially recognised at fair value on the date a derivative contract is entered into and are subsequently remeasured to their 
fair value at each reporting date. The resulting gain or loss is recognised in profit or loss immediately unless the derivative is designated 
and effective as a hedging instrument, in which event, the timing of the recognition in profit or loss depends on the nature of the hedge 
relationship. The Group designates certain derivatives as either fair value hedges, cash flow hedges or hedges of net investments in 
foreign operations.

A derivative is classified as a non-current asset or a non-current liability if the remaining maturity of the instrument is more than 12 
months and it is not expected to be realised or settled within 12 months. Other derivatives are presented as current assets or current 
liabilities.

80

26523 

  26 June 2019 4:59 pm 

  Proof  15

Stock code: VLXVolex plcFINANCIALS2. Significant accounting policies continued
Hedge accounting
The Group designates certain hedging instruments, which include derivatives and non-derivatives in respect of foreign currency and 
commodity risk, as either cash flow hedges or hedges of net investments in foreign operations. 

At the inception of the hedge relationship the entity documents the relationship between the hedging instrument and hedged item, 
along with its risk management objectives and its strategy for undertaking various hedge transactions. Furthermore, at the inception of 
the hedge and on an ongoing basis, the Group documents whether the hedging instruments that are used in hedging transactions are 
highly effective in offsetting changes in fair values or cash flows of hedged items.

Cash flow hedge
Hedges of foreign exchange risk on firm commitments are accounted for as cash flow hedges. Similarly, commodity derivative 
contracts which are entered into to mitigate commodity price fluctuations on firm purchasing commitments are accounted for as cash 
flow hedges.

The effective portion of changes in the fair value of derivatives that are designated and qualify as cash flow hedges is recognised in 
other comprehensive income. The gain or loss relating to the ineffective portion is recognised immediately in profit or loss.

Hedges of net investments in foreign operations
Any gain or loss on the hedging instrument relating to the effective portion of the hedge is recognised in other comprehensive income 
and accumulated in the hedging and translation reserve. The gain or loss relating to the ineffective portion is recognised immediately in 
profit or loss.

Gains and losses deferred in the hedging and translation reserve are recognised immediately in profit or loss when the foreign operation 
is disposed of.

Critical accounting judgements and key sources of estimation uncertainty
The preparation of financial statements in conformity with IFRSs requires the use of certain critical accounting estimates. It also requires 
management to exercise its judgement in the process of applying the Group’s accounting policies. The Directors consider the following 
to be the key judgements and estimates that have the most significant effect on the amounts recognised in the financial statements.

Critical judgements in applying the Group’s accounting policies
In applying the Group’s accounting policies, management have made the following judgements, which have the most significant effect 
on the consolidated financial statements.

Business combinations
Acquisitions are accounted for using the acquisition method as described in the business combinations accounting policy. This includes 
the determination of fair values for assets and liabilities acquired, including the separate identification of intangible assets, which use 
assumptions and estimates and are therefore subjective. The Group has developed a process to meet the requirements of IFRS 3 
including the separate identification of customer relationship intangible assets based on estimated future performance and customer 
attrition rates. External valuation specialists are used where appropriate.

Adjusting items 
The Directors believe that presenting adjusting items separately provides a clearer understanding of the business performance and 
facilitates comparison of trading performance year-on-year. In determining the classification of items management exercises significant 
judgement. During the period under review the adjusting operating items identified total $6,226,000 (2018: $1,552,000). These 
comprise restructuring costs, acquisition related costs, amortisation of intangibles arisen from business combinations and past service 
costs. See note 4 for further details. Management see this as a key judgement as a decision has to be made as to which income 
statement items fall within the criteria and therefore should be shown separately.

26523 

  26 June 2019 4:59 pm 

  Proof  15

81

www.volex.comAnnual Report and Accounts 2019FINANCIALSNotes to the Financial Statements continued
For the 52 weeks ended 31 March 2019 (52 weeks ended 1 April 2018)

2. Significant accounting policies continued
Taxation
The Group operates in a large number of different tax jurisdictions. The Directors are required to exercise significant judgement in 
determining the Group’s provision for taxes. Amounts provided are based on management’s interpretation of country-specific tax law. 
Tax benefits are not recognised unless the tax positions are capable of being sustained. In arriving at this position, management reviews 
each material tax benefit to assess whether a provision should be taken against full recognition of the benefit.

Deferred tax assets and liabilities require management judgement in determining the amounts to be recognised. In particular, significant 
judgement is used when assessing the extent to which deferred tax assets should be recognised, with consideration given to the 
timing and level of future taxable income, time limits on the availability of taxable losses for carry forward and any future tax planning 
strategies.

Key sources of estimation uncertainty
The key area where estimates and assumptions are significant to the financial statements is described below. 

Inventory provisions
Inventories are carried at the lower of cost and net realisable value, which is calculated as the estimated sales proceeds less costs 
of sale. Factors considered in the determination of net realisable value are the ageing, category and condition of inventories, recent 
inventory utilisation and forecasts of projected inventory utilisation. Reviews of provisions held against damaged, obsolete and 
slow-moving inventory are carried out at least quarterly by management and these reviews require the application of judgement and 
estimates. Changes to these estimates could result in changes to the net valuation of inventory. At 31 March 2019, the Group had net 
inventories of $49,122,000 (2018: $40,686,000).

3. Segment information
The internal reporting provided to the Group’s Board for the purpose of resource allocation and assessment of Group performance 
is based upon the nature of the products which the Group supplies. In addition to the operating divisions, a Central division exists to 
capture all of the corporate costs incurred in supporting the operations.

Power Cords

Cable Assemblies

Central

The sale and manufacture of electrical power products to manufacturers of electrical / electronic devices 
and appliances. These include laptop / desktop computers, printers, televisions, power tools, floor cleaning 
equipment and electric vehicles.
The sale and manufacture of cables permitting the transfer of electronic, radio frequency and optical data. These 
cables can range from simple USB cables to complex high-speed cable assemblies. Data cables are used in 
numerous devices, including medical equipment, data centres, telecoms networks and industrial robotics. 
Corporate costs that are not directly attributable to the manufacture and sale of the Group’s products but 
which support the Group in its operations. Included within this division are the costs incurred by the executive 
management team and the corporate head office.

The Board believes that the segmentation of the Group based upon product characteristics allows it to best understand the Group’s 
performance and profitability. The Group consider the executive members of the Company’s Board and the Chief Operating Officer to 
be the chief operating decision maker.

Following a change in reporting lines and in an attempt to improve the transparency and accountability of each site, a number of 
sites which had been classified as “hybrid” and had their revenues and costs allocated across the reporting divisions have now been 
reclassified to either the Power Cords or the Cable Assemblies divisions. As a result, the prior year segmental reporting has been 
restated so that it is presented on a comparable basis to the current year.

82

26523 

  26 June 2019 4:59 pm 

  Proof  15

Stock code: VLXVolex plcFINANCIALS3. Segment information continued
The following is an analysis of the Group’s revenues and results by reportable segment. Prior year performance has been restated into 
divisional reporting on the same basis as the current period. 

52 weeks to 31 March 2019

Revenue  
$’000

Profit/(loss) 
$’000 

52 weeks to 1 April 2018
(restated)
Profit/(loss) 
$’000 

Revenue  
$’000

198,885
173,219
–
372,104

Power Cords
Cable Assemblies 
Unallocated Central costs
Divisional results before share-based payments and adjusting items
Adjusting operating items 
Share-based payment charge 
Operating profit 
Share of net loss from associates and joint ventures
Finance income 
Finance costs 
Profit before taxation 
Taxation 
Profit after taxation 

203,569
118,808
–
322,377

13,229
13,473
(5,096)
21,606
(6,226)
(2,388)
12,992
(210)
129
(1,276)
11,635
(2,429)
9,206

12,112
3,522
(4,177)
11,457
(1,552)
(1,132)
8,773
(192)
20
(1,606)
6,995
(3,070)
3,925

The accounting policies of the reportable segments are in accordance with the Group’s accounting policies. 

The adjusting items operating charge of $6,226,000 (2018: $1,552,000) was split $1,672,000 (2018: $628,000) to Power Cords, 
$3,589,000 (2018: $305,000) to Cable Assemblies and $965,000 (2018: $619,000) to Central.

Divisional profit represents the profit earned by each division before the allocation of central operating expenses, adjusting items, share-
based payments, finance income, finance costs and income tax expense. This is the measure reported to the Group’s Board for the 
purpose of resource allocation and assessment of performance.

The divisional profits above are shown after the following charges for depreciation and amortisation:

Depreciation and amortisation

Power Cords 
Cable Assemblies
Central 

Impairment charges recognised within pre-operating adjusting items are allocated between divisions as follows:

Impairment charge

Power Cords 
Cable Assemblies
Central 

2019
$’000 

2,389
1,353
44
3,786

2018 
(restated)
$’000 

2,332
841
37
3,210

2019
$’000 

2018
$’000 

–
–
–
–

74
–
–
74

Asset and liability information is not provided to the Board on a divisional basis. In order to maximise the efficiency of asset utilisation, 
the Group’s assets are employed cross-division and the Board believes that there is no meaningful basis on which such assets and 
liabilities can be allocated.

26523 

  26 June 2019 4:59 pm 

  Proof  15

83

www.volex.comAnnual Report and Accounts 2019FINANCIALSNotes to the Financial Statements continued
For the 52 weeks ended 31 March 2019 (52 weeks ended 1 April 2018)

3. Segment information continued
Information about major customers
One (2018: two) of the Group’s customers individually accounts for more than 10% of total Group revenue. This customer operates in 
the Cable Assemblies division and accounts for 17% (2018: 18%) of total Group revenue.

Geographical information
The Group’s revenue from external customers and information about its non-current assets (excluding deferred tax assets) by 
geographical location are provided below:

Revenue

Non-current assets

Asia (excluding India)
North America
Europe 
India

2019
$’000 

164,343
119,623
85,883
2,255
372,104

2018
$’000 

175,266
90,421
51,959
4,731
322,377

2019
$’000 

16,618
2,067
33,083
2
51,770

Revenue is attributed to countries on the basis of the geographical location of the Group entity recording the sale.

4. Adjusting items and share-based payments

Restructuring costs
Acquisition costs
Amortisation of acquired intangibles
Pension past service costs
Transition to AIM
Impairment of Goodwill
Movement in onerous lease provision
Total adjusting operating items
Adjusting items tax (income)/expense (see note 10)
Total adjusting items
Share-based payments (see note 28)
Total adjusting items and share-based payments

Group

2019
$’000 

1,942
1,821
1,983
480
–
–
–
6,226
(221)
6,005
2,388
8,393

2018
$’000 

16,525
1,088
3,899
811
22,323

2018
$’000 

860
135
–
–
513
74
(30)
1,552
1,551
3,103
1,132
4,235

Adjusting items replace the previously disclosed non-recurring items. The new description expands on the previous disclosure to not 
only include costs that are one-off in nature and significant (such as restructuring costs, impairment charges or acquisition related 
costs) but to also include the non-cash amortisation of intangible assets.

The adjusting items and share-based payments are included under the statutory classification appropriate to their nature but are 
separately disclosed on the face of the income statement to assist in understanding the underlying financial performance of the Group.

During the current year, the Group has incurred $1,942,000 (2018: $860,000) of restructuring costs. Following a further decline in 
revenue with the Power Cords division’s largest customer, further restructuring costs of $1,459,000 were incurred at our Shenzhen 
factory, primarily in relation to severance costs. In addition, during the period, the decision was taken to close the Indian factory. As part 
of this closure, the Group has incurred $478,000 of closure costs, principally in relation to severance fees, retention bonuses paid to 
several key staff (in order that they remain and work on an orderly closure of the factory) and the write-off of assets no longer deemed 
recoverable. Following a review of the organisational structure, a number of senior roles were made redundant resulting in an expense 
of $270,000. Off-setting these charges was a $265,000 credit resulting from the release of a provision made several years ago for 
minimum order quantity commitments that have now become time barred.

84

26523 

  26 June 2019 4:59 pm 

  Proof  15

Stock code: VLXVolex plcFINANCIALS4. Adjusting items and share-based payments continued
In the prior year, the Group incurred $860,000 of restructuring spend following the downsizing of an Asian factory, the downsizing of the 
European and South Korean sales team and the restructuring of the Singapore regional head office. 

Acquisition related costs of $1,821,000 (2018: $135,000) are split between $1,171,000 for Silcotec Europe Limited, $460,000 for 
MC Electronics LLC and $190,000 for GTK (Holdco) Limited. These costs cover legal fees associated with the transactions and post-
acquisition remuneration charges linked to the retention of key staff.

Associated with the acquisitions, the Group has recognised certain intangible assets including customer relationships and customer 
order backlogs. The amortisation of these intangibles is non-cash and totals $1,983,000 for the period, split $980,000 for Silcotec 
Europe Limited, $251,000 for MC Electronics LLC and $752,000 for GTK (Holdco) Limited.

During the year the Group recognised a one-off pension past service cost of $480,000 as a result of Guaranteed Minimum Pension 
(GMP) equalisation. This is a past service cost that pension schemes that had “contracted out” of the State Earnings Related Pension 
Scheme must now recognise following the Lloyds Banking Group judgement in October 2018. This judgement requires the equalisation 
of male and female members’ benefits for the effect of unequal GMPs.

5. Finance income

Interest on bank deposits
Interest on preference shares

Group

2019
$’000 

12
117
129

2018
$’000 

12
8
20

Finance income earned on financial assets was derived from loans and receivables (including cash and bank balances) only. No other 
gains or losses have been recognised in respect of loans and receivables other than those disclosed above and impairment losses 
recognised in respect of trade receivables (see note 18).

6. Finance costs

Interest on bank overdrafts and loans
Net interest expense on defined benefit obligation
Unwinding of discount on long-term provisions
Other
Total interest costs
Amortisation of debt issue costs
Total finance costs

Notes

29
22

25

Group

2019
$’000 

730
71
76
12
889
387
1,276

2018
$’000 

858
107
–
103
1,068
538
1,606

No gains or losses have been recognised on financial liabilities measured at amortised cost (including bank overdrafts and loans) other 
than those disclosed above.

26523 

  26 June 2019 4:59 pm 

  Proof  15

85

www.volex.comAnnual Report and Accounts 2019FINANCIALSNotes to the Financial Statements continued
For the 52 weeks ended 31 March 2019 (52 weeks ended 1 April 2018)

7. Profit/loss for the period
Profit/(loss) for the period has been arrived at after charging/(crediting):

Net foreign exchange (gain)/losses
Research and development costs
Depreciation of property, plant and equipment 
Amortisation of intangible assets 
Impairment of Goodwill
Cost of inventories recognised as an expense
Write-down of inventories recognised as an expense
Staff costs 
Impairment loss recognised on trade receivables
Reversal of impairment losses recognised on trade receivables
Loss on disposal of property, plant and equipment
Operating lease payments 

Research and development costs disclosed above comprise the following:

Employment costs
Raw materials and consultancy
Other 

Notes

14
13
12

9
18
18

27

Group

2019
$’000 

(411)
2,644
3,318
2,451
–
220,443
3,495
73,309
378
(55)
324
4,976

2018
$’000 

754
3,056
3,095
115
74
193,260
932
69,678
43
(16)
89
4,417

Group

2019
$’000 

1,917
592
135
2,644

2018
$’000 

1,980
926
150
3,056

In the current year, no development costs were capitalised (2018: $nil). 

Reconciliation of operating profit/(loss) to underlying EBITDA (earnings before interest, tax, depreciation and amortisation, adjusting 
items and share-based payment charge):

Operating profit
Add back:
Adjusting operating items
Share-based payment charge
Underlying operating profit
Depreciation of property, plant and equipment (note 14)
Amortisation of acquired intangible assets (note 13)
Underlying EBITDA

Group

2019
$’000 

12,992

6,226
2,388
21,606
3,318
468
25,392

2018
$’000 

8,773

1,552
1,132
11,457
3,095
115
14,667

86

26523 

  26 June 2019 4:59 pm 

  Proof  15

Stock code: VLXVolex plcFINANCIALS8. Auditors’ remuneration
The analysis of auditors’ remuneration is as follows:

Fees payable to the Company’s auditors for the audit of the Company’s annual financial statements
Fees payable to the Company’s auditors and their associates for other audit services to the Group 
– the audit of the Company’s subsidiaries pursuant to legislation
Total audit fees

Other services
Total non-audit fees

Group

2019
$’000 

2018
$’000 

326

306
632

–
–

286

248
534

194
194

During the prior year, $194,000 of other services were incurred as part of the transition from the Main Market of the London Stock 
Exchange to AIM. A description of the work of the Audit Committee is set out in the Audit Committee Report on pages 38 to 40 which 
includes an explanation of how the objectivity and independence of the auditors is safeguarded when the auditors provide non-audit 
services.

9. Staff costs
The average monthly number of employees (including Executive Directors) was:

Production
Sales and distribution
Administration

Their aggregate remuneration comprised:

Wages and salaries
Social security costs
Share-based payment charge (note 28)
Other pension costs (note 29)

Group

2019
No.

5,456
389
362
6,207

Group

2019
$’000 

62,461
8,020
2,388
440
73,309

2018
No.

5,705
415
346
6,466

2018
$’000 

60,590
7,656
1,132
300
69,678

In addition to the above, $2,187,000 (2018: $859,000) has been paid in severance costs and retention bonuses. This is included within 
the net restructuring cost of $1,942,000 (2018: $860,000) shown in note 4. 

Details of Directors’ remuneration, share options, pension contributions, pension entitlements, fees for consulting services and interests 
for the period required by the Companies Act 2006 are provided in the Directors’ Remuneration Report on pages 41 to 55 and form 
part of the financial statements.

26523 

  26 June 2019 4:59 pm 

  Proof  15

87

www.volex.comAnnual Report and Accounts 2019FINANCIALSNotes to the Financial Statements continued
For the 52 weeks ended 31 March 2019 (52 weeks ended 1 April 2018)

9. Staff costs continued
The average monthly number of employees (including Executive Directors) was:

Production
Sales and distribution
Administration

The aggregate remuneration comprised: 

Wages and salaries
Social security costs
Share-based payment charge (note 28)
Other pension costs (note 29)

10. Taxation

2019 
Adjusting
items and 
share-based 
payments
$’000

Before 
adjusting
items 
$’000

Current tax – expense for the period
Current tax – adjustment in respect 
of previous periods
Current tax – impact of S965 on 
deferred foreign income
Total current tax
Deferred tax – credit for the period
Deferred tax – adjustment in respect 
of previous periods
Total deferred tax (note 21)
Income tax expense

(4,241)

709

108
(3,424)
1,211

(437)
774
(2,650)

(74)

–

–
(74)
295

–
295
221

Company

2019
No.

–
4
9
13

Company

2019
$’000 

2,286
313
2,388
181
5,168

2018 
Adjusting 
items and 
share-based 
payments
$’000

Before
 adjusting
items 
$’000

(441)

(236)

–
(677)
(842)

–
(842)
(1,519)

255

–

(1,349)
(1,094)
(457)

–
(457)
(1,551)

Total
 $’000

(4,315)

709

108
(3,498)
1,506

(437)
1,069
(2,429)

2018
No.

1
4
11
16

2018
$’000 

1,539
282
1,132
230
3,183

Total 
$’000

(186)

(236)

(1,349)
(1,771)
(1,299)

–
(1,299)
(3,070)

UK corporation tax is calculated at 19% (2018: 19%) of the estimated assessable profit for the period. Taxation for other jurisdictions is 
calculated at the rates prevailing in the respective jurisdictions.

88

26523 

  26 June 2019 4:59 pm 

  Proof  15

Stock code: VLXVolex plcFINANCIALS10. Taxation continued
The expense for the period can be reconciled to the profit per the income statement as follows:

Profit/(loss) before tax
Tax at the UK corporation tax rate
Tax effect of expenses that are not deductible and income that is not 
taxable in determining taxable profit
Tax effect of non-utilisation of tax losses
Adjustment in respect of previous periods
Effect of different tax rates of subsidiaries operating in other 
jurisdictions
Tax effect of recognised deferred tax
Tax effect of loss utilisation
Tax expense and effective tax rate for the period before adjusting 
items and share-based payments 
Tax effect of adjusting items and share-based payments
Tax expense and effective tax rate for the period

2019
$’000

11,635
2,211

1,424
1,199
(272)

(41)
(289)
(1,582)

2,650
(221)
2,429

2019
%

100
19

12
10
(2)

(1)
(2)
(13)

23
(2)
21

2018
$’000

6,995
1,328

(793)
1,841
(236)

545
842
(2,008)

1,519
1,551
3,070

2018 
%

100
19

(11)
26
(3)

8
12
(28)

22
22
44

The non-recurring income tax expense of $1,551,000 in 2018 comprised the tax credit arising on the non-recurring operating items 
of $255,000 offset by the implementation cost of the US Tax Cuts and Jobs Act 2017. This Act reduced the US tax rate from 34% to 
21%. As a result, the deferred tax asset recognised on US tax losses in 2018 reduced by $457,000. 

The US Tax Cuts and Jobs Act 2017 imposed a tax liability on US deferred foreign income under S965 of the internal revenue code. 
In accordance with the new tax legislation, in 2018 the Group recognised a liability of $1,349,000. This liability will be paid over 8 
instalments through to 2025 in accordance with the payment arrangements set out in the new section. As a consequence, $1,134,000 
(2018: $1,242,000) of this tax liability is recognised in non-current liabilities. 

11. Earnings per Ordinary share
The calculation of the basic and diluted earnings per share is based on the following data:

Profit for the purpose of basic and diluted earnings per share being net profit 
attributable to equity holders of the parent
Adjustments for:
Adjusting items
Share-based payment charge
Tax effect of above adjustments and other adjusting item tax movements
Underlying earnings

Weighted average number of Ordinary shares for the purpose of basic earnings per share
Effect of dilutive potential Ordinary shares/share options
Weighted average number of Ordinary shares for the purpose of diluted earnings per share

26523 

  26 June 2019 4:59 pm 

  Proof  15

Notes

4
28

Group

2019
$’000 

9,206

6,226
2,388
(221)
17,599

2018
$’000 

3,925

1,552
1,132
1,551
8,160

No. shares

No. shares

134,382,209
3,892,712
138,274,921

88,956,532
3,162,104
92,118,636

89

www.volex.comAnnual Report and Accounts 2019FINANCIALSNotes to the Financial Statements continued
For the 52 weeks ended 31 March 2019 (52 weeks ended 1 April 2018)

11. Earnings per Ordinary share continued

Basic earnings per share

Basic earnings per share
Adjustments for:
Adjusting items
Share-based payment charge
Tax effect of above adjustments and other adjusting item tax movements
Underlying basic earnings per share

Diluted earnings per share

Diluted earnings per share
Adjustments for:
Adjusting items
Share-based payment charge
Tax effect of above adjustments and other adjusting item tax movements
Underlying diluted earnings per share

2019 
 cents

2018 
cents

6.9

4.6
1.8
(0.2)
13.1

4.4

1.7
1.3
1.8
9.2

2019 
 cents

2018 
cents

6.7

4.5
1.7
(0.2)
12.7

4.3

1.7
1.2
1.7
8.9

The underlying earnings per share has been calculated on the basis of profit before adjusting items and share-based payments, net of 
tax. The Directors consider that this calculation gives a better understanding of the Group’s earnings per share in the current and prior 
period.

12. Goodwill

Cost
At the beginning of the period
Business combinations
Exchange differences
At the end of the period
Accumulated impairment losses
At the beginning of the period
Impairment
Exchange differences
At the end of the period
Carrying amount at the end of the period
Carrying amount at the beginning of the period

Group

2019
$’000 

5,328
15,099
(399)
20,028

2,695
–
(198)
2,497
17,531
2,633

2018
$’000 

4,750
–
578
5,328

2,336
74
285
2,695
2,633
2,414

90

26523 

  26 June 2019 4:59 pm 

  Proof  15

Stock code: VLXVolex plcFINANCIALS12. Goodwill continued
Goodwill acquired in a business combination is allocated, at acquisition, to the business units that are expected to benefit from that 
business combination. After recognition of impairment losses, the carrying amount of goodwill has been allocated as follows:

GTK
Silcotec
MC Electronics
Volex North America
Volex Europe

2019
$’000 

10,010
4,127
953
1,864
577
17,531

2018
$’000

–
–
–
2,010
623
2,633

During the prior year, the $74,000 impairment charge relates to the write-off of goodwill associated with the Indian operations. After a 
number of years of poor performance, management decided to close the India factory during the 2019 financial year. 

The Group annually tests goodwill for impairment, or more frequently if there are indications that goodwill might be impaired. The 
recoverable amount of goodwill is determined from value in use calculations. The key assumptions used in the value in use calculations 
are those regarding the discount rates, revenue and costs growth. Management estimates discount rates using pre-tax rates that 
reflect current market assessments of the time value of money and the risks specific to the business unit. The growth rates are based 
upon industry growth forecasts.

The Group prepared a cash flow forecast derived from the most recently approved annual budget which has been extrapolated over a 
five-year period. These assume a level of revenue and profits which are based on both past performance and expectations for future 
market development and take into account the cyclicality of the business in which the CGU operates. Cash flows beyond the five year 
period are extrapolated in perpetuity using a zero percentage growth rate. 

The rate used to discount the forecast cash flows is a pre-tax discount rate of 11.8% (2018: 13.6%), which reflects the Group’s 
estimated cost of capital.

26523 

  26 June 2019 4:59 pm 

  Proof  15

91

www.volex.comAnnual Report and Accounts 2019FINANCIALSNotes to the Financial Statements continued
For the 52 weeks ended 31 March 2019 (52 weeks ended 1 April 2018)

13. Other intangible assets

Group

Cost
At 2 April 2017
Additions
Disposals
Exchange differences
At 1 April 2018
Business combinations
Additions
Disposals
Exchange differences
At 31 March 2019

Accumulated amortisation and impairment
At 2 April 2017
Amortisation charge for the period
Disposals
Exchange differences
At 1 April 2018
Amortisation charge for the period
Disposals
Exchange differences
At 31 March 2019
Carrying amount
At 31 March 2019
At 1 April 2018
At 2 April 2017

Acquired 
patents 
$’000

Capitalised 
development 
costs 
$’000

Software and 
licences 
$’000 

Customer 
contracts and 
relationships
$000

1,196
–
–
140
1,336
–
–
–
(93)
1,243

1,196
–
–
140
1,336
–
–
(93)
1,243

–
–
–

3,046
–
–
255
3,301
–
–
–
(173)
3,128

2,591
57
–
255
2,903
398
–
(173)
3,128

–
398
455

4,526
2
(93)
378
4,813
–
163
(608)
(260)
4,108

4,388
58
(93)
360
4,713
70
(608)
(253)
3,922

186
100
138

–
–
–
–
–
13,053
–
–
(162)
12,891

–
–
–
–
–
1,983
–
(21)
1,962

10,929
–
–

Total 
$’000

8,768
2
(93)
773
9,450
13,053
163
(608)
(688)
21,370

8,175
115
(93)
755
8,952
2,451
(608)
(540)
10,255

11,115
498
593

The capitalised development costs balance primarily relates to a Power Cords product range, the ‘V-Novus’ range, which was 
developed in FY2015 and is now in commercial production. The capitalised balance included engineering hours directly attributable to 
the product and safety certification costs. The asset is being amortised over the projected commercial life of the range. 

Computer software is amortised over the estimated useful life, not exceeding five years. The amortisation charge for the period is fully 
expensed within operating expenses. 

92

26523 

  26 June 2019 4:59 pm 

  Proof  15

Stock code: VLXVolex plcFINANCIALS13. Other intangible assets continued
Customer contracts and relationships relate to customer related intangible assets acquired as part of a business combination. They 
are recognised at their fair value at the date of acquisition and are subsequently amortised on a straight-line basis on the timing of 
projected cash flows of the contracts over their estimated useful lives. More details on business combinations are included in note 34.

Company

Cost
At the beginning of the period
Additions
Exchange differences
At the end of the period
Accumulated amortisation
At the beginning of the period
Amortisation charge for the period
Exchange differences
At the end of the period
Carrying amount at the end of the period
Carrying amount at the beginning of the period

Software and licences

2019
$’000 

3,302
46
(242)
3,106

3,241
43
(237)
3,047
59
61

2018
$’000 

2,944
–
358
3,302

2,859
32
350
3,241
61
85

26523 

  26 June 2019 4:59 pm 

  Proof  15

93

www.volex.comAnnual Report and Accounts 2019FINANCIALSNotes to the Financial Statements continued
For the 52 weeks ended 31 March 2019 (52 weeks ended 1 April 2018)

14. Property, plant and equipment

Group

Cost
At 2 April 2017
Additions
Disposals
Reclassifications
Exchange differences
At 1 April 2018
Additions
Business combination 
Disposals
Exchange differences
At 31 March 2019

Accumulated depreciation and impairment
At 2 April 2017
Depreciation charge for the period
Disposals
Exchange differences
At 1 April 2018
Depreciation charge for the period
Disposals
Exchange differences
At 31 March 2019
Carrying amount
At 31 March 2019
At 1 April 2018
At 2 April 2017

Freehold land 
and buildings
$’000

Long  
leasehold 
buildings 
 $’000

Plant and 
machinery 
$’000 

–
–
–
–
–
–
83
3,171
(30)
(118)
3,106

–
–
–
–
–
208
(30)
(4)
174

2,932
–
–

12,860
–
–
14
12
12,886
176
34
(311)
(43)
12,742

6,470
931
–
10
7,411
508
(306)
(40)
7,573

5,169
5,475
6,390

60,469
2,436
(1,698)
(14)
480
61,673
2,838
1,150
(7,713)
(648)
57,300

48,774
2,164
(1,565)
369
49,742
2,602
(6,882)
(481)
44,981

12,319
11,931
11,695

Total 
$’000

73,329
2,436
(1,698)
–
492
74,559
3,097
4,355
(8,054)
(809)
73,148

55,244
3,095
(1,565)
379
57,153
3,318
(7,218)
(525)
52,728

20,420
17,406
18,085

At 31 March 2019, the Group had $406,000 (2018: $1,120,000) contractual commitments for the acquisition of property, plant and 
equipment.

Of the $3,318,000 (2018: $3,095,000) depreciation charge for the period, $2,665,000 (2018: $2,779,000) was expensed through cost 
of sales and $653,000 (2018: $316,000) was expensed through operating expenses. 

94

26523 

  26 June 2019 4:59 pm 

  Proof  15

Stock code: VLXVolex plcFINANCIALS14. Property, plant and equipment continued

Company

Cost
At the beginning of the period
Additions
Disposals
Exchange differences 
At the end of the period
Accumulated depreciation and impairment
At the beginning of the period
Depreciation charge for the period 
Disposals
Exchange differences 
At the end of the period
Carrying amount at the end of the period
Carrying amount at the beginning of the period

Plant and machinery

2019
$’000 

2018
$’000 

448
2
(3)
(33)
414

446
1
(2)
(33)
412
2
2

410
3
(15)
50
448

406
5
(15)
50
446
2
4

26523 

  26 June 2019 4:59 pm 

  Proof  15

95

www.volex.comAnnual Report and Accounts 2019FINANCIALSNotes to the Financial Statements continued
For the 52 weeks ended 31 March 2019 (52 weeks ended 1 April 2018)

15. Investments
The Company’s fixed asset investments comprise investments in wholly-owned subsidiary undertakings and permanent loans as 
follows:

Company

Cost
At 2 April 2017
Additions
Repayment
Exchange differences
At 1 April 2018
Additions
Repayment
Exchange differences
At 31 March 2019

Accumulated depreciation and impairment
At 2 April 2017
Impairment
Exchange differences
At 1 April 2018
Impairment
Exchange differences
At 31 March 2019
Carrying amount
At 31 March 2019
At 1 April 2018
At 2 April 2017

Shares 
$’000

Loans
 $’000

Total 
$’000

42,941
–
–
5,228
48,169
22,355
–
(3,518)
67,006

6,491
–
791
7,282
–
(532)
6,750

60,256
40,887
36,450

81,039
5,017
(8,873)
1,703
78,886
4,482
(7,064)
(1,197)
75,107

11,376
5,000
173
16,549
–
(192)
16,357

58,750
62,337
69,663

123,980
5,017
(8,873)
6,931
127,055
26,837
(7,064)
(4,715)
142,113

17,867
5,000
964
23,831
–
(724)
23,107

119,006
103,224
106,113

In the United Kingdom, the Company includes three operational branches, Volex Powercords Europe, Volex Europe Cable Assemblies 
and Volex Sweden. Details of the Company’s subsidiary undertakings are set out in note 35. Investments in subsidiaries are all stated at 
cost less provision for impairment.

All loans are carried at amortised cost. In the 52 weeks to 31 March 2019, the Company’s loans with Volex Group Holdings Limited 
accrued interest at 2.8% and between 3% to 6% with Volex Poland SP z.o.o. All other loans did not accrue interest. Repayments 
were also received from Volex Inc, MC Electronics LLC and Volex Poland SP z.o.o during the period. During the prior year following an 
impairment assessment, the Group loans to the North American business were impaired by $5,000,000. 

The Company acquired the trade and assets of Silcotec Europe Limited on 8 June 2018. On the same day, the Company disposed of 
the trade and assets of Silcotec Europe Limited (with the exception of 11% of the share capital of Silcotec Europe SK, the entity that 
owns the Slovakian factory) to Volex Europe Limited, a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company, with consideration satisfied by way of 
an intercompany loan. Details of the acquisition of the trade and assets of Silcotec Europe Limited are provided in note 34.

During the year the Company received two dividends totalling $6,468,000 from its subsidiary Volex Group Holdings Limited.

96

26523 

  26 June 2019 4:59 pm 

  Proof  15

Stock code: VLXVolex plcFINANCIALS16. Interests in associates and joint ventures
Where the Group has the power to participate in (but not control) the financial and operating policy decisions of another entity, it is 
classified as an associate or joint venture. The Group uses the equity method, where the Group’s share of post-acquisition profits and 
losses are recognised in the Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income (except for losses in excess of the Group’s investment 
in the associate or joint venture unless there is an obligation to make good those losses).

Group

Investment in associates:
  – Kepler SignalTek Limited
  – Volex-Jem Co. Ltd

Kepler SignalTek Limited

2019
$’000

2018
$’000 

–
–
–

123
103
226

On 12 April 2017, the Group acquired 26.09% of the voting shares in Kepler SignalTek Limited (a company incorporated in Hong Kong) 
for consideration of $300,000. The company manufactures medical, high-frequency data transmission and specialist industrial cable 
assemblies from a facility in China. As part of the shareholder agreement, Volex is entitled to appoint one of the three directors to the 
company. 

Summarised financial information in respect of Kepler SignalTek Limited is set out below. The summarised information below represents 
amounts before intra-group eliminations. 

Current assets
Non-current assets
Current liabilities
Non-current liabilities
Net (liabilities)/assets

Revenue
Loss for the period
Other comprehensive income for the period
Total comprehensive income for the period

 As at
31 March 
2019
$’000

975
659
(435)
(1,825)
(626)

As at 
1 April 
2018
$’000

375
566
(69)
(400)
472

Period to
 31 March 
2019 
$’000

Period from 
acquisition to
 1 April 
2018
$’000

1,701
(1,059)
(39)
(1,098)

81
(697)
26
(671)

A reconciliation of the above summarised financial information to the carrying amount of the interests in the consolidated financial 
statements is set out below:

Net (liabilities)/assets of the associate
Proportion of the Group 
Carrying amount of the Group’s interest in Kepler SignalTek Limited

26523 

  26 June 2019 4:59 pm 

  Proof  15

As at  
31 March 
2019 
$’000

(626)
26%
–

As at  
1 April 
2018
$’000

472
26%
123

97

www.volex.comAnnual Report and Accounts 2019FINANCIALSNotes to the Financial Statements continued
For the 52 weeks ended 31 March 2019 (52 weeks ended 1 April 2018)

16. Interests in associates and joint ventures continued
Volex-Jem Co. Ltd
On 12 September 2017, the Group completed its 43% investment in Volex-Jem Co. Ltd, a Taiwanese holding company. Volex’s 
investment took the form of cable certification with sufficient customer cables certified in order that a minimum cable production volume 
would pass through the joint arrangement, The costs associated with the certification process was $100,000. The Taiwanese holding 
company has a 70% shareholding in a Chinese manufacturing company. Under the joint agreement, Volex has the right to appoint one 
of three directors to the Board of the Taiwanese holding company. 

Summarised financial information in respect of the company is set out below. The summarised information below represents amounts 
before intragroup eliminations. 

Current assets
Non-current assets
Current liabilities
Net (liabilities)/assets
Attributable to Volex-Jem Co. Ltd
Minority interest

Revenue
Loss for the period
Other comprehensive income for the period
Total comprehensive income for the period
Attributable to Volex-Jem Co. Ltd
Minority interest

As at 
31 March 
2019 
$’000

1,666
124
(2,096)
(306)
(306)
–

As at 
1 April 
2018
$’000

2,083
167
(1,953)
297
240
57

Period to
 31 March 
2019 
$’000

Period from 
acquisition to
 1 April 
2018
$’000

3,998
(593)
1
(592)
(540)
(52)

1,738
(576)
5
(571)
(400)
(171)

A reconciliation of the above summarised financial information to the carrying amount of the interests in the consolidated financial 
statements is set out below: 

Net (liabilities)/assets of the associate
Proportion of the Group 
Carrying amount of the Group’s interest in Volex-Jem Co. Ltd

As at 
31 March 
2019 
$’000

(306)
43%
–

As at 
1 April 
2018
$’000

240
43%
103

98

26523 

  26 June 2019 4:59 pm 

  Proof  15

Stock code: VLXVolex plcFINANCIALS17. Inventories

Raw materials
Work-in-progress
Finished goods

18. Trade and other receivables

Trade receivables

Amounts receivable for the sale of goods
Allowance for doubtful debts

Other receivables
Amounts due from Group undertakings
Other debtors
Preference shares due from related parties
Prepayments

Due for settlement within 12 months
Due for settlement after 12 months

Group

Company

2019
$’000

24,697
847
23,578
49,122

2018
$’000

18,118
–
22,568
40,686

2019
$’000

1
–
2,955
2,956

Group

Company

2019
$’000

71,961
(654)
71,307

–
7,099
1,825
2,228
11,152

8,448
2,704
11,152

2018
$’000

56,425
(226)
56,199

–
6,866
408
1,662
8,936

7,376
1,560
8,936

2019
$’000

12,647
–
12,647

18,319
753
–
299
19,371

19,299
72
19,371

2018
$’000

–
–
2,003
2,003

2018
$’000

8,158
–
8,158

4,725
299
–
304
5,328

5,266
62
5,328

Trade receivables are classified as loans and receivables and are therefore measured at amortised cost. All inter-company balances are 
unsecured, interest free and repayable on demand.

During the prior year the Group acquired $400,000 of 10% cumulative preference shares in Kepler SignalTek Limited, a related party 
to the Group. In line with the agreement during the current year, the Group acquired a further $1,300,000 of 10% preference shares. 
The $1,700,000 of preference shares are redeemable after 12 April 2020. As at the balance sheet date the Group has no further 
commitments (2018: $1,300,000 commitment). 

The Directors consider that the carrying amount of trade and other receivables approximates their fair value.

One (2018: two) of the Group’s customers individually accounts for more than 10% of total Group revenue. The largest customer 
operates in the Cable Assemblies division and accounts for 17% (2018: 18%) of total Group revenue. Other than this customer, the 
Group has no significant concentration of credit risk, with exposure spread over a large number of counterparties and customers.  
At 31 March 2019, the largest customer represented 17% of the net trade receivables (2018: largest two accounted for 34%).

The average credit period taken on sales of goods is 70 days (2018: 64 days). An allowance has been made for estimated irrecoverable 
amounts from the sale of goods. This allowance has been determined by reference to the expected credit loss which includes 
consideration of past default experience, an analysis of the counterparty’s current financial position and potential losses.

Included in trade receivables are receivables with a carrying value of $9,705,000 (2018: $9,151,000) and $1,111,000 (2018: $613,000) 
for the Group and Company respectively which are past due at the reporting date for which no provision has been made as there has 
not been a significant change in credit quality and the amounts are still considered recoverable. The Group and Company do not hold 
any collateral over these balances.

During the period the Group adopted IFRS 9 Financial Instruments. The adopted of IFRS 9 did not have a material impact on the 
Group’s financial statements. 

26523 

  26 June 2019 4:59 pm 

  Proof  15

99

www.volex.comAnnual Report and Accounts 2019FINANCIALSNotes to the Financial Statements continued
For the 52 weeks ended 31 March 2019 (52 weeks ended 1 April 2018)

18. Trade and other receivables continued

Group

Company

Ageing of past due but not impaired receivables

0-60 days
60-90 days
90-120 days
120+ days

Movement in the allowance for doubtful debts

Balance at the beginning of the period
Amounts acquired on business combination
Amounts written off during the period
Amounts recovered during the period
Increase/(decrease) in allowance recognised in profit or loss
Exchange differences
Balance at the end of the period

2019
$’000

4,856
1,776
1,399
1,674
9,705

Group

2019
$’000

226
133
(13)
–
323
(15)
654

2018
$’000

7,078
587
104
1,382
9,151

2018
$’000

608
–
(396)
(5)
27
(8)
226

2019
$’000

624
–
141
346
1,111

Company

2019
$’000

–
–
–
–
–
–
–

2018
$’000

553
10
46
4
613

2018
$’000

–
–
–
–
–
–
–

In determining the recoverability of trade receivables, the Group considers any change in the credit quality of the trade receivable 
from the date credit was initially granted up to the reporting date. With the exception of the one customer noted above (2018: two 
customers), the concentration of credit risk is limited due to the customer base being large and unrelated. Accordingly, the Directors 
believe that there is no further credit provision required in excess of the allowance for doubtful debts. The Group has not included the 
full disclosure requirements of IFRS 9 in respect of the impairment allowance since the balance is immaterial. 

Ageing of impaired trade receivables

0-60 days
60-90 days
90-120 days
120+ days

Group

2019
$’000

105
30
39
480
654

2018
$’000

–
25
17
184
226

Company

2019
$’000

2018
$’000

–
–
–
–
–

–
–
–
–
–

100

26523 

  26 June 2019 4:59 pm 

  Proof  15

Stock code: VLXVolex plcFINANCIALS19. Borrowings

Unsecured borrowings at amortised cost
Bank overdrafts
Secured borrowings at amortised cost
Bank loans
Total borrowings at amortised cost

Amount due for settlement within 12 months
Amount due for settlement after 12 months

Group

2019
$’000

320

–
320

320
–
320

2018
$’000

1,849

13,033
14,882

1,849
13,033
14,882

Company

2019
$’000

–

–
–

–
–
–

2018
$’000

1,789

13,033
14,822

1,789
13,033
14,822

Debt issue costs of $97,000 are included in other debtors at 31 March 2019 because the bank loan balance is nil. At 1 April 2018, debt 
issue costs of $517,000 were included within the total bank loan balance shown above.

The weighted average interest rates paid on the Group’s borrowings during the period were as follows:

Bank loans and overdrafts

2019
%

3.0

2018
%

2.9

During the 52 weeks ended 31 March 2019 the Group utilised a multi-currency combined revolving overdraft and guarantee facility. The 
syndicate at year end comprises Lloyds Banking Group plc and HSBC Bank plc. This facility is due to expire on 30 June 2019. At the 
date that the financial statements were approved, negotiations were ongoing to secure a replacement facility with a similar limit. 

The amount available under the facility at 31 March 2019 was $30,000,000 (2018: $30,000,000). The facility was secured by fixed and 
floating charges over the assets of certain Group companies. 

The terms of the facility required the Group to perform quarterly financial covenant calculations with respect to leverage (adjusted total 
debt to adjusted rolling 12-month EBITDA) and interest cover (adjusted rolling 12-month EBITDA to adjusted rolling 12-month interest). 
Breach of these covenants could result in cancellation of the facility. The Group was compliant with these covenants during the period 
and remains compliant in the period subsequent to the period end.

In the prior year, professional fees of $496,000 were incurred during the period in relation to the one-year extension of the facility. Of 
this, $300,000 was paid to the syndicate to agree to the extension. The $496,000 was capitalised and is being charged to the income 
statement on a straight-line basis over the remaining period to facility expiry. 

At 31 March 2019, the facility incurred interest at a margin of 3% (2018: 3%) above LIBOR.

Also drawn under the facilities, and not included above, are bonds, guarantees and letters of credit amounting to $540,000 (2018: 
$362,000).

26523 

  26 June 2019 4:59 pm 

  Proof  15

101

www.volex.comAnnual Report and Accounts 2019FINANCIALSNotes to the Financial Statements continued
For the 52 weeks ended 31 March 2019 (52 weeks ended 1 April 2018)

19. Borrowings continued
Drawings under the facilities were made in various currencies. Total borrowings for the Group at 31 March 2019 can be analysed by 
currency as follows:

Group

USD
Euro
Pound Sterling

Less: debt issue costs (note 25)

2019
$’000

(8,902)
4,383
4,839
320
(97)
223

Undrawn borrowing facilities
At 31 March 2019, the Group had undrawn committed borrowing facilities available of $29,140,000 (2018: $14,239,000).

20. Trade and other payables

Trade payables

Trade payables
Other payables
Amounts owed to Group undertakings
Other taxes and social security
Accruals and deferred income

Due for settlement within 12 months
Due for settlement after 12 months

Group

2019
$’000

2018
$’000

45,863

54,181

–
3,797
27,403
31,200

30,212
988
31,200

–
4,090
22,566
26,656

25,576
1,080
26,656

Company

2019
$’000

246

49,600
602
3,983
54,185

28,765
25,420
54,185

2018
$’000 

(9,534)
13,400
11,533
15,399
(517)
14,882

2018
$’000

315

55,413
308
2,870
58,591

31,213
27,378
58,591

Trade payables and accruals principally comprise amounts outstanding for trade purchases and ongoing costs. The average credit 
period taken for trade purchases is 74 days (2018: 84 days). Amounts owed to Group undertakings are unsecured and non-interest 
bearing.

The Directors consider that the carrying amount of trade and other payables approximates to their fair value.

102

26523 

  26 June 2019 4:59 pm 

  Proof  15

Stock code: VLXVolex plcFINANCIALS21. Deferred tax
Group
The following are the major deferred tax assets and liabilities recognised by the Group and movements thereon during the current and 
prior reporting periods.

At 2 April 2017
(Charge)/credit to income
Exchange differences
At 1 April 2018

Acquisitions
(Charge)/credit to income
Exchange differences
At 31 March 2019

Unremitted 
earnings 
$’000

Intangible 
assets
$’000

Trading losses
$’000

Accelerated 
tax 
depreciation 
$’000

Other short- 
term timing 
differences 
$’000 

(1,194)
(616)
(198)
(2,008)

–
(754)
–
(2,762)

–
–
–
–

(1,231)
195
12
(1,024)

2,906
(955)
(30)
1,921

–
1,482
–
3,403

22
–
(22)
–

(224)
418
–
194

(25)
272
115
362

(81)
(272)
4
13

Total 
$’000

1,709
(1,299)
(135)
275

(1,536)
1,069
16
(176)

Certain deferred tax assets and liabilities have been offset. The following is the analysis of the deferred tax balances (after offset) for 
financial reporting purposes:

Deferred tax assets
Deferred tax liabilities

2019
$’000

4,271
(4,447)
(176)

2018
$’000

2,283
(2,008)
275

At the balance sheet date, the Group had unused tax losses of $161,989,000 (2018: $156,441,000) available for offset against future 
profits. 

Included in the unrecognised tax losses are losses of $42,942,000 (2018: $40,766,000) that cannot be carried forward indefinitely. 
Of this amount, $9,333,000 (2018: $2,937,000) expires during the next five accounting periods. Other losses may be carried forward 
to future periods. 

The carrying amount of deferred tax assets is reviewed at each reporting date and recognised to the extent that it is probable that there 
are sufficient taxable profits to allow all or part to be recovered. Deferred tax assets have been recognised based on future forecast 
taxable profits.

Of the $4,271,000 (2018: $2,283,000) recognised deferred tax asset, the Group expects to utilise $1,292,000 (2018: $361,000) within 
the next 12 months. 

At the reporting date a deferred tax liability of $2,762,000 (2018: $2,008,000) has been recognised relating to the unremitted earnings 
of overseas subsidiaries as the Group is able to control the reversal of these temporary differences and it is probable that they will 
reverse in the foreseeable future. The temporary differences at 31 March 2019 represent only the unremitted earnings of those overseas 
subsidiaries where remittance to the UK of those earnings may still result in a tax liability, principally as a result of dividend withhold 
taxes levied by the overseas tax jurisdictions in which those subsidiaries operate. 

Company
At the reporting date, the Company had unused tax losses of $80,113,000 (2018: $64,998,000) available for offset against future 
profits. Of this amount $19,796,000 (2018: $6,152,000) are post-31 March 2017. The Company has not recognised any deferred tax 
assets in respect of these unused tax losses or other temporary differences as the future use of these assets is uncertain. The losses 
may be carried forward indefinitely. 

26523 

  26 June 2019 4:59 pm 

  Proof  15

103

www.volex.comAnnual Report and Accounts 2019FINANCIALSNotes to the Financial Statements continued
For the 52 weeks ended 31 March 2019 (52 weeks ended 1 April 2018)

22. Provisions

Group

At 2 April 2017
(Credit)/charge in the period
Utilisation of provision
Unwinding of discount (note 6)
Exchange differences
At 1 April 2018
Acquired through business combination
Charge/(credit) in the period
Utilisation of provision
Unwinding of discount (note 6)
Exchange differences
At 31 March 2019
Less: included in current liabilities
Non-current liabilities

Company

At 2 April 2017
Credit in the period
Utilisation of provision
Unwinding of discount 
Exchange differences
At 1 April 2018
Credit in the period
Utilisation of provision
Unwinding of discount
Exchange differences
At 31 March 2019
Less: included in current liabilities
Non-current liabilities

Property 
$’000

Corporate 
restructuring 
$’000

Other 
$’000 

52
(34)
1
–
1
20
485
52
(146)
76
–
487
232
255

64
–
–
–
1
65
–
–
–
–
(2)
63
–
63

326
–
(64)
–
30
292
500
126
(7)
–
(22)
889
889
–

Property 
$’000

Corporate 
restructuring 
$’000

Other 
$’000 

32
(34)
1
–
1
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–

–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–

–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–

Total 
$’000

442
(34)
(63)
–
32
377
985
178
(153)
76
(24)
1,439
1,121
318

Total 
$’000

32
(34)
1
–
1
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–

Property provisions
During the prior year, the Group incurred a small number of costs, received several refunds and released the remaining provision 
following the exit of Greenfold Way (the old UK headquarters and factory based in Leigh). The $20,000 remaining balance relates to 
the Group’s Asian property portfolio.

During the current year the Group recognised an onerous lease provision of $485,000 relating to surplus property leased by MC 
Electronics LLC. This provision will be released evenly over the remaining term of the lease. 

Other
Other provisions include the Directors’ best estimate, based upon past experience, of the Group’s liability under specific product 
warranties, purchase commitments and legal claims. The timing of the cash outflow with respect to these claims is uncertain. 

Included within this provision is a $500,000 liability associated with a pending legal case which was recognised upon acquisition 
of MC Electronics LLC. This liability represents the Directors’ best estimate to settle the claim which had been identified prior to 
acquisition. An indemnity in respect of this matter was obtained from the seller of MC Electronics LLC as part of the sale and 
purchase agreement.

104

26523 

  26 June 2019 4:59 pm 

  Proof  15

Stock code: VLXVolex plcFINANCIALS23. Share capital

Group and Company

At 2 April 2017 and 1 April 2018
Acquisition of MC Electronics LLC
Placing
Acquisition of Silcotec Europe Limited
Issue of deferred bonus shares
Acquisition of GTK (Holdco) Limited
At 31 March 2019

Number of 
Shares 

90,251,892
3,000,000
48,000,000
3,521,437
470,588
2,124,016
147,367,933

Par 
Value
$’000

39,755
1,052
15,980
1,173
151
681
58,792

Share 
Premium 
$’000

7,122
2,126
31,944
1,626
–
1,714
44,532

Total 
$’000

46,877
3,178
47,924
2,799
151
2,395
103,324

On 30 April 2018, the Group issued 3,000,000 shares as part of the acquisition of MC Electronics LLC. 

On 5 June 2018, the Group issued 48,000,000 ordinary shares at a price of 75 pence per share. 

On 8 June 2018, the Group issued 3,521,437 shares as part of the acquisition of Silcotec Europe Limited. 

On 7 September 2018, the Group issued 470,588 shares under the 2017 deferred share bonus plan. 

On 10 December 2018, the Group issued 2,124,016 ordinary shares as part of the acquisition of GTK (Holdco) Limited.

Under the terms of the Group’s various share schemes, the following rights to subscribe for Ordinary shares are outstanding:

Date of grant

Performance Share Plan
18 June 2015
31 March 2016
1 December 2016
23 February 2017
1 December 2017
11 December 2018

Acquisition Retention Awards
11 December 2018

Deferred Bonus Plan
5 June 2017
5 June 2018

25
25
25
25
25
25

–

–
–

Option price 
(p)

Exercise period

June 2018 – June 2025
March 2019 – March 2026
December 2019 – December 2026
February 2020 – February 2027
December 2020 – December 2027
December 2021 – December 2028

Number of shares

2019

2018

–
2,232,779
2,604,623
495,256
2,525,000
2,225,000

362,889
2,345,260
2,973,271
990,512
3,000,000
–

June 2019 – June 2022

4,000,000

–

June 2018
June 2019

–
266,794
14,349,452

470,588
–
10,142,520

For further details of the Group’s share option schemes see note 28.

Post year end 458,076 shares have been awarded to the executive management team in lieu of a cash bonus award. The shares vest 
in June 2020 providing continuous employment with the Group. 

26523 

  26 June 2019 4:59 pm 

  Proof  15

105

www.volex.comAnnual Report and Accounts 2019FINANCIALSNotes to the Financial Statements continued
For the 52 weeks ended 31 March 2019 (52 weeks ended 1 April 2018)

24. Own shares and non-distributable reserves

Own shares

At the beginning of the period
Sale of shares
Purchase of shares
At end of the period

2019
$’000

867
(75)
1,098
1,890

2018
$’000

867
–
–
867

The own shares reserve represents both the cost of shares in the Company purchased in the market and the nominal share capital of 
shares in the Company issued to the Volex Group plc Employee Share Trust to satisfy future share option exercises under the Group’s 
share option schemes (see note 28). 

The number of Ordinary shares held by the Volex Group plc Employee Share Trust at 31 March 2019 was 2,159,277 (2018: 1,295,360). 
The market value of the shares as at 31 March 2019 was $2,614,000 (2018: $1,160,000).

Unless and until the Company notifies a trustee of the Volex Group plc Employee Share Trust, in respect to shares held in the Trust in 
which a beneficial interest has not vested, rights to dividends in respect to the shares held in the Trust are waived.

During the year 136,083 (2018: nil) shares were utilised on the exercise of share awards. During the year the Company purchased 
1,000,000 shares (2018: nil) at a cost of $1,098,000. 

In December 2013, the Volex Group plc Employee Share Trust sold 3,378,582 shares at £1.16 per share to the open market. The 
average price of shares held by the Trust at the time was £0.70 with a number of the shares having been issued by Volex plc to the 
Trust at nominal value. In accordance with the Accounting Standards, the difference between the sales price of £1.16 and the average 
share price of £0.70 was recorded as a non-distributable reserve, giving rise to the $2,455,000 non-distributable reserve balance.

25. Analysis of net funds

Group

At 2 April 2017
Cash flow
Exchange differences
Amortisation of debt issue costs
At 1 April 2018
Cash flow
Exchange differences
Amortisation of debt issue costs
At 31 March 2019

Cash 
 and cash 
equivalents 
$’000

29,565
(6,070)
(514)
–
22,981
(1,870)
(518)
–
20,593

Bank 
loans 
$’000

(18,720)
7,285
(2,115)
–
(13,550)
12,826
724
–
–

Debt issue 
costs 
$’000

490
496
69
(538)
517
–
(33)
(387)
97

Total 
$’000

11,335
1,711
(2,560)
(538)
9,948
10,956
173
(387)
20,690

Debt issue costs relate to bank facility arrangement fees. 

During the prior year, $496,000 of professional fees were capitalised in relation to the one-year extension obtained on the senior credit 
facility. The resulting debt issue cost is being amortised over the remaining life of the facility.

106

26523 

  26 June 2019 4:59 pm 

  Proof  15

Stock code: VLXVolex plcFINANCIALS26. Notes to the statement of cash flows

Group

Company

Profit/(loss) for the period
Adjustments for:
Finance income
Finance costs
Dividend income
Income tax expense
Share of net loss from associates
Depreciation on property, plant and equipment
Amortisation of intangible assets
Impairment loss
Loss on disposal of property, plant and equipment
Impairment of investments
Share-based payment charge
(Decrease)/increase in provisions
Effects of foreign exchange rate changes
Operating cash flow before movement in working capital
Decrease/(increase) in inventories
(Increase)/decrease in receivables
(Decrease)/increase in payables
Movement in working capital
Cash generated from/(used in) operations
Cash generated from/(used in) operations before  
adjusting operating items
Cash utilised by adjusting operating items
Taxation paid
Interest paid
Net cash generated from/(used in) operating activities

Cash and cash equivalents

Cash and bank balances
Bank overdrafts

2019
$’000

9,206

(129)
1,276
–
2,429
210
3,318
2,451
–
324
–
2,388
(390)
67
21,150
606
(10,196)
(15,068)
(24,658)
(3,508)

(236)
(3,272)
(2,501)
(734)
(6,743)

2018
$’000

3,925

(20)
1,606
–
3,070
192
3,095
115
74
89
–
1,132
(810)
–
12,468
(3,974)
(1,661)
1,508
(4,127)
8,341

9,365
(1,024)
(2,469)
(979)
4,893

2019
$’000

5,895

(312)
870
(6,468)
–
–
1
43
–
1
–
2,388
(418)
(266)
1,734
(1,023)
(5,497)
1,147
(5,373)
(3,639)

(3,042)
(597)
(141)
(669)
(4,449)

Group

Company

2019
$’000

20,913
(320)
20,593

2018
$’000

24,830
(1,849)
22,981

2019
$’000

3,448
–
3,448

2018
$’000

(18,922)

(31)
1,168
–
70
–
5
32
–
–
5,000
1,132
(795)
(662)
(13,003)
(116)
(3,896)
18,514
14,502
1,499

2,012
(513)
(29)
(276)
1,194

2018
$’000

48
(1,789)
(1,741)

Cash and cash equivalents comprise cash held by the Group, short-term bank deposits with an original maturity of three months or 
less and bank overdrafts. The carrying amount of these assets approximates their fair value. Included within cash and cash equivalents 
is $163,000 (2018: $176,000) held in trust which can only be used for Volex employees.

26523 

  26 June 2019 4:59 pm 

  Proof  15

107

www.volex.comAnnual Report and Accounts 2019FINANCIALSNotes to the Financial Statements continued
For the 52 weeks ended 31 March 2019 (52 weeks ended 1 April 2018)

27. Operating lease arrangements
The following have been recognised during the period:

Minimum lease payments made under operating leases 
Paid
Recognised in operating profit

Group

Company

2019
$’000

4,976
4,976

2018
$’000

4,417
4,417

2019
$’000

132
132

Within operating profit sublease receipts of $494,000 (2018: $463,000) have been recognised.

At the reporting date, the Group and Company had outstanding commitments for future minimum lease payments under non-
cancellable operating leases, which fall due as follows:

Within one year
In the second to fifth years inclusive
After five years

Group

Company

2019
$’000

4,011
4,492
1,724
10,227

2018
$’000

4,452
6,529
2,300
13,281

2019
$’000

131
38
–
169

2018
$’000

120
120

2018
$’000

157
174
–
331

Operating lease payments primarily represent rentals payable by the Group for its office and manufacturing properties. Leases are 
negotiated for an average term of four years (2018: four years).

At the reporting date, the Group had contracted with tenants under non-cancellable subleases for the following future minimum lease 
payments:

Within one year
In the second to fifth years inclusive
After five years

Group

2019
$’000

498
1,908
–
2,406

2018
$’000

490
1,960
408
2,858

Company

2019
$’000

2018
$’000

–
–
–
–

–
–
–
–

108

26523 

  26 June 2019 4:59 pm 

  Proof  15

Stock code: VLXVolex plcFINANCIALS28. Share-based payments
The Group has three equity-settled share-based payment arrangements in operation.

Performance Share Plan (‘PSP’)
The PSP is a discretionary long-term incentive scheme for Executive Directors and senior managers. It provides for the award 
of nominal value options which vest after at least three years, subject to performance conditions. Options issued under the PSP 
are exercisable between three and ten years from the date of grant, subject to the continued employment of the participant and 
achievement of performance targets. All awards under the PSP have an exercise price of 25p, which is equivalent to the nominal value 
of the underlying Ordinary shares. Full details of how the scheme operates are explained on page 44 of the Directors’ Remuneration 
Report.

Deferred Bonus Plan (‘DBP’)
The DBP is for the executive management team. A percentage of any cash bonus is deferred to shares and held in trust for a period 
which is determined by the Remuneration Committee. The percentage of any cash bonus to be deferred is at the discretion of the 
Remuneration Committee. The only vesting condition is continuing employment.

Acquisition Retention Awards (“ARA”)
The ARA are used to incentivise and retain key employees in acquired businesses who are deemed to deliver a significant contribution 
to the integration of the acquired business into the Group and have an important role in the continuing success of the acquired 
business. These awards have vesting periods that are determined by the specific circumstances of the acquisition and vest based on 
continued employment as well as performance measures that relate to the performance of the Group or the acquired business. Awards 
consist of shares or the right to acquire shares for a nominal value. 

Details of the share awards outstanding and the weighted average exercise price of those awards are as follows:

Outstanding at the beginning of the period
Granted during the period
Exercised during the period
Expired during the period
Outstanding at the end of the period
Exercisable at the end of the period

2019

2018

Number 
of share 
awards

10,142,520
6,521,794
(606,671)
(1,678,191)
14,379,452
2,499,573

Weighted 
average 
exercise 
price (p)

24
9
6
(25)
18
22

Number 
of share 
awards

7,652,255
3,470,588
(32,358)
(947,965)
10,142,520
–

Weighted 
average 
exercise 
price (p)

25
22
–
(25)
24
–

Of the share awards that expired during the period, 1,451,385 (2018: 947,965) lapsed in respect of leavers and 226,806 (2018: nil) 
expired due to failure to meet performance conditions. 

The awards outstanding at 31 March 2019 had a weighted average remaining contractual life of nine years (2018: eight years).

Of the 14,379,452 awards outstanding at 31 March 2019, 10,112,658 had an exercise price of £0.25 and 4,266,794 had an exercise 
price of £nil.

Of the 10,142,520 awards outstanding at 1 April 2018, 9,671,932 had an exercise price of £0.25 and 470,588 had an exercise price 
of £nil.

The aggregate of the estimated fair values of the options granted during the period was $6,609,000 (2018: $2,352,000).

Of the awards granted during the period, 266,794 were deferred bonus plan awards with an exercise price of £nil, a service period of 
one year and no performance conditions. 4,000,000 awards were acquisition retention awards with an exercise price of £nil, a service 
period of either three years or four years and performance conditions based on the performance of the acquired business and the 
achievement of synergies. The remaining 2,255,000 awards were performance share plan awards with an exercise price of £0.25, a 
service period of three years and performance conditions based on the business performance and shareholder return.

26523 

  26 June 2019 4:59 pm 

  Proof  15

109

www.volex.comAnnual Report and Accounts 2019FINANCIALSNotes to the Financial Statements continued
For the 52 weeks ended 31 March 2019 (52 weeks ended 1 April 2018)

28. Share-based payments continued
The fair value of awards granted in the period was calculated at the date of grant using a Monte Carlo binomial model or a Black-
Scholes model, depending on the vesting criteria of each award. Valuation model inputs were as follows:

Weighted average share price
Weighted average exercise price
Expected volatility
Expected life (years)
Risk-free rate
Expected dividends

2019

£0.90
£0.25
38%
3.5
0.7%
0.0%

2018

£0.85
£0.25
41.0%
3.5
0.4%
0.0%

Expected volatility was determined with reference to historical volatility of the Group’s share price over the previous three years. The 
expected life used in the model has been adjusted, based on management’s best estimate, for the effects of non-transferability, 
exercise restrictions and behavioural considerations.

The ARA and DBP awards were valued at their market price on the day of grant, being £0.89 on 11 December 2018 and £0.80 on 5 
June 2018 respectively. Post year end 458,076 shares have been awarded to the executive management team in lieu of a cash bonus 
award. The shares vest in June 2020 providing continuous employment with the Group.

During the period, the total expense recognised for share-based payment arrangements was as follows:

Share-based payment charge
National Insurance charge in relation to share awards

Group

2019
$’000 

1,992
396
2,388

2018
$’000 

938
194
1,132

110

26523 

  26 June 2019 4:59 pm 

  Proof  15

Stock code: VLXVolex plcFINANCIALS29. Retirement benefit obligation
Defined contribution schemes
The Group operates a number of defined contribution pension schemes. Contributions to the defined contribution schemes are 
charged to the income statement as they fall due. The Group has no further obligations once the contributions have been made.

The total cost charged to the Group’s income statement in the period was $440,000 (2018: $300,000). The total cost charged to the 
Company’s income statement in the period was $181,000 (2018: $230,000).

Defined benefit schemes
Volex plc (the Company) operates a defined benefit pension arrangement called the Volex Executive Pension Scheme (the Scheme). 
The Scheme provides benefits based on final salary and length of service up to 31 March 2003 or earlier date of leaving.

The Scheme is subject to the Statutory Funding Objective under the Pensions Act 2004. A valuation of the Scheme is carried out at 
least once every three years to determine whether the Statutory Funding Objective is met. As part of the process the Company must 
agree with the Trustees of the Scheme the contributions to be paid to meet the Statutory Funding Objective. The future contributions 
required to meet the Statutory Funding Objective do not currently affect the balance sheet of the Scheme in these accounts.

The Company agreed to pay contributions of £675,000 per annum (payable in quarterly instalments) with effect from 1 February 2018 
until 30 April 2024, following the completion of the actuarial valuation as at 31 July 2016. Further contributions of £775,000 are payable 
with effect from 1 May 2019. The Company therefore expects to pay contributions of £750,000 in the 53 week to April 2020 under the 
current Schedule of Contributions. The weighted average duration of the defined benefit obligation is around 15 years.

The Scheme is managed by a Trustee Company, the board of which is appointed in part by the Company and in part from elections 
by members of the Scheme. The Trustee has responsibility for obtaining valuations of the fund, administering benefit payments and 
investing the Scheme’s assets. The Trustee delegates some of these functions to their professional advisers where appropriate.

The Scheme exposes the Company to a number of risks:

• 

• 

• 

Investment risk. The Scheme holds investments in some asset classes which have volatile market values and while these assets 
are expected to provide the real returns over the long-term the short-term volatility can cause additional funding to be required if a 
deficit emerges.

Interest rate risk. The Scheme’s liabilities are assessed using market yields on high-quality corporate bonds to discount the liabilities. 
As the Scheme holds assets such as equities the value of the assets and liabilities may not move in the same way.

Inflation risk. A significant proportion of the benefits under the Scheme are linked to inflation. Although the Scheme’s assets are 
expected to provide a good hedge against inflation over the long-term, movements over the short-term could lead to deficits 
emerging.

•  Mortality risk. In the event that members live longer than assumed a deficit will emerge in the Scheme. There were no plan 

amendments, curtailments or settlements during the period.

There were no scheme amendments, curtailments or settlements during the period.

The key assumptions utilised are:

Discount rate
Future pension increases
Inflation assumption (RPI)
Inflation assumption (CPI)

Valuation at
2019

2.4%
2.5%
3.5%
2.5%

2018

2.6%
2.4%
3.4%
2.4%

111

26523 

  26 June 2019 4:59 pm 

  Proof  15

www.volex.comAnnual Report and Accounts 2019FINANCIALSNotes to the Financial Statements continued
For the 52 weeks ended 31 March 2019 (52 weeks ended 1 April 2018)

29. Retirement benefit schemes continued
The following mortality assumptions have been made:

Future life expectancy for a pensioner currently aged 65 
– Male
– Female
Future life expectancy at age 65 for a non-pensioner currently aged 55 
– Male
– Female

2019 
Years

2018 
Years

22.0
23.0

22.5
23.7

22.6
23.6

23.2
24.3

Significant actuarial assumptions for the determination of the defined benefit obligation are discount rate, inflation and life expectancy. 
The sensitivity analysis below has been determined based on reasonably possible changes of the assumptions occurring at the end of 
the reporting period, assuming that all other assumptions are held constant:

Assumption

Discount rate
Inflation
Life expectancy

Change in assumption

Impact on scheme liabilities

Increase/decrease by 0.5%
Increase/decrease by 0.5%
Increase/decrease by 1 year

($1,328,000)/$1,476,000
$1,112,000/($1,092,000)
$955,000/($942,000)

In reality one might expect interrelationships between the assumptions, especially between discount rate and inflation. The above 
analysis does not take the effect of these interrelationships into account.

Amounts recognised in income statement

Interest cost
Expected return on scheme assets
Finance costs (note 6)
Past service costs
Total charge to the Income statement

2019
$’000

(531)
460
(71)
(480)
(551)

2018
$’000

(541)
434
(107)
–
(107)

During the year the Group recognised a one-off pension past service cost of $480,000 as a result of Guaranteed Minimum Pension 
(GMP) equalisation. This is a past service cost that pension schemes that had “contracted out” of the State Earnings Related Pension 
Scheme must now recognise following the Lloyds Banking Group judgment in October 2018. This judgment requires the equalisation of 
male and female members’ benefits for the effect of unequal GMPs.

No other amounts have been recognised in the income statement in the current or prior year.

112

26523 

  26 June 2019 4:59 pm 

  Proof  15

Stock code: VLXVolex plcFINANCIALS29. Retirement benefit schemes continued
An actuarial gain of $305,000 (2018: gain of $870,000) has been reported in the statement of comprehensive income.
2019
$’000

Cumulative actuarial gains/(losses) recognised in equity

At the beginning of the period
Net actuarial gains recognised in the period
At the end of the period

Amounts recognised in the statement of financial position

Fair value of scheme assets
Present value of defined benefit obligations
Deficit in scheme recognised in the statement of financial position
Current liabilities
Non-current liabilities

(2,838)
305
(2,533)

2019
$’000

17,978
(20,413)
(2,435)
(975)
(1,460)
(2,435)

2018
$’000

(3,708)
870
(2,838)

2018
$’000

18,835
(22,152)
(3,317)
(947)
(2,370)
(3,317)

The Company has contributed $898,000 to its defined benefit pension plans in the period ended 1 April 2018 (2018: $749,000).

Movements in the present value of defined benefit obligations

At the beginning of the period
Interest cost
Past service costs
Gains from changes to demographic assumptions
Remeasurement (loss)/gain
Benefits paid
Foreign exchange
At the end of the period

Movements in the fair value of scheme assets

At the beginning of the period
Interest on assets
Actuarial gains
Contributions from the sponsoring company
Benefits paid
Foreign exchange
At the end of the period

Assets

Asset category

Equity instruments
Debt instruments
Cash
Total

2019
$’000

(22,152)
(531)
(480)
594
(772)
1,312
1,616
(20,413)

2019
$’000

18,835
460
483
898
(1,312)
(1,386)
17,978

2019
$’000

10,486
7,167
325
17,978

2018
$’000

(21,370)
(541)
–
213
298
1,746
(2,498)
(22,152)

2018
$’000

16,969
434
359
749
(1,746)
2,070
18,835

2018
$’000

11,350
7,436
49
18,835

None of the fair values of the assets shown above include any of the Company’s own financial instruments or any property occupied or 
other assets used by the Company (2018: $nil).

The actual return on scheme assets for the period was a gain of $926,000 (2018: a gain of $793,000).

The estimated amount of contributions expected to be paid to the Scheme during the 53 weeks to 5 April 2020 is $975,000 
(2018: $947,000).

113

26523 

  26 June 2019 4:59 pm 

  Proof  15

www.volex.comAnnual Report and Accounts 2019FINANCIALS 
Notes to the Financial Statements continued
For the 52 weeks ended 31 March 2019 (52 weeks ended 1 April 2018)

30. Financial instruments
Capital risk management
The Group manages its capital to ensure that entities in the Group will be able to continue as going concerns while maximising the 
return to stakeholders through the optimisation of the debt and equity balance. 

The capital structure of the Group consists of debt, which includes the borrowings disclosed in note 19, cash and cash equivalents 
and equity attributable to equity holders of the parent, comprising issued capital, reserves and retained earnings as contained in the 
statement of changes in equity.

The Board reviews the capital structure on a regular basis, including facility headroom, forecast working capital and capital expenditure 
requirements. 

The Group has a multi-currency revolving credit facility (‘RCF’), which had an available limit of $30,000,000 as at 31 March 2019 
(2018: $30,000,000). At this date, no term loans were drawn down under this facility (2018: €11,000,000). Under the RCF, a cash pool 
facility exists denominated in a variety of currencies. At 31 March 2019, the cash pool was in a net cash overdraft position of $320,000 
(2018: net cash position of $1,849,000). The average combined utilisation during the period was $7,682,000 (2018: $20,476,000). 
The RCF expires on 30 June 2019.

Included in note 19 is a description of undrawn facilities as at the reporting date. 

The terms of the RCF require the Group to perform quarterly financial covenant calculations with respect to leverage (adjusted total 
debt to adjusted rolling 12-month EBITDA) and interest cover (adjusted rolling 12-month EBITDA to adjusted rolling 12-month interest). 
Breach of these covenants could result in cancellation of the facility. The Group was compliant with these covenants during the 
year and has continued to operate within these covenants in the period from 31 March 2019 to the date of issue of these financial 
statements.

The Group has raised £36.0 million in equity proceeds during the year. After deducting issue costs, the net funds raised totalled $46.9 
million. An element of this funding has been used to deleverage the balance sheet and fund the acquisitions that took place during the 
year. The remaining funds will be available for future accretive M&A transactions, investment in automation and general working capital 
requirements. 

The Group’s forecast and projections, taking reasonable account of possible changes in trading performance, show that the Group 
should operate within the level of the proposed facility for the period in which the facility is available and should comply with the revised 
covenants over this period. Given the above equity raise, the Directors believe that on expiry of the facility on 30 June 2019, sufficient 
funds will be available such that the facility can be repaid and the Group can continue its normal operations. 

The Board is therefore confident that the combination of the above facility and the cash on hand at the end of the year provides 
adequate liquidity headroom for the successful execution of the Group’s operations.

The Group is not subject to externally imposed capital requirements.

Financial instruments
The Group’s principal financial instruments comprise bank borrowings and overdrafts, cash and short-term deposits, trade and other 
receivables and trade and other payables. The Group also enters into derivative transactions, principally copper forward contracts to 
manage the commodity price risk arising from its operations and forward currency contracts to manage the currency risks arising from 
its operations.

114

26523 

  26 June 2019 4:59 pm 

  Proof  15

Stock code: VLXVolex plcFINANCIALS30. Financial instruments continued
Set out below is a comparison by category of carrying amounts and fair values of all the Group’s financial instruments that are carried in 
the financial statements. Except as detailed below, the Directors consider that the carrying amounts of the financial assets and financial 
liabilities recorded at amortised cost approximate their fair values.

Financial assets – loans and receivables
Cash
Trade and other receivables
Financial liabilities – amortised cost
Interest-bearing loans and borrowings
Trade and other payables
Financial derivatives for which hedge accounting has been 
applied
Derivative financial instruments
Financial derivatives for which hedge accounting has not been 
applied
Derivative financial instruments

Book value 
2019
$’000

Book value 
2018
$’000

Fair value 
2019
$’000

Fair value  
2018
$’000

20,913
73,643

(320)
(68,277)

24,830
59,200

(14,882)
(70,432)

20,913
73,643

(320)
(68,277)

24,830
59,200

(15,399)
(70,432)

374

192

374

192

–

–

–

–

The fair values of the financial derivatives above are categorised within Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy on the basis that their fair value 
has been calculated by management using inputs that are observable in active markets which are related to the individual asset or 
liability.

Financial risk management
Activities related to financing, monitoring and managing the financial risks relating to the operations of the Group are co-ordinated 
centrally. These risks include market risk (interest rate risk, currency risk and commodity price risk), credit risk and liquidity risk.

The Group seeks to minimise these risks by using derivative financial instruments to hedge these risk exposures and external 
borrowings denominated in currencies that match the net asset currency profile of the Group. The Board reviews and agrees policies 
for managing these risks and they are summarised below. The Group also monitors the market price risk arising from all financial 
instruments. It is, and has been throughout the periods under review, the Group’s policy that no trading in financial instruments shall be 
undertaken.

Market risk
The Group’s activities expose it primarily to the financial risks of changes in interest rates, foreign currency exchange rates and copper 
commodity prices.

26523 

  26 June 2019 4:59 pm 

  Proof  15

115

www.volex.comAnnual Report and Accounts 2019FINANCIALSNotes to the Financial Statements continued
For the 52 weeks ended 31 March 2019 (52 weeks ended 1 April 2018)

30. Financial instruments continued
Interest rate risk
The Group’s interest rate risk arises principally from borrowings issued at variable rates which expose the Group to cash flow interest 
rate risk. During the current and prior year, the Group invested in 10% cumulative preference shares with its associate, Kepler SignalTek 
Limited. The following table sets out the carrying amount, by maturity, of the Group’s financial instruments that are exposed to interest 
rate risk:

2019

Fixed rate
Trade and other receivables
Floating rate
Cash assets
Bank loans and borrowings

2018

Fixed rate
Trade and other receivables
Floating rate
Cash assets
Bank loans and borrowings

Within 
1 year
$’000

1–2 
years 
$’000

2–3 
years 
$’000

3–4 
years 
$’000

4–5 
years 
$’000

More than 
5 years 
$’000

–

1,825

20,913
(320)

Within 
1 year
$’000

–
–

1–2 
years 
$’000

–

–
–

–

–
–

–

–
–

–

–
–

2–3 
years 
$’000

3–4 
years 
$’000

4–5 
years 
$’000

More than 
5 years 
$’000

–

–

408

24,830
(1,849)

–
(13,033)

–
–

–

–
–

–

–
–

–

–
–

Total 
$’000

1,825

20,913
(320)

Total 
$’000

408

24,830
(14,882)

Interest rate and sensitivity
The Group manages its exposure to interest rate risk by maintaining an appropriate mix between fixed and floating rate borrowings, and 
by the use of interest rate swap contracts. Hedging activities are evaluated regularly to align with interest rate views and defined risk 
appetite, ensuring the most cost-effective hedging strategies are applied.

Management regularly reviews the interest rate risk exposure and is currently of the view that the Group should not fix its interest rate. 
At 31 March 2019, the Group is exposed to floating rate interest on borrowings at a margin of 3% (1 April 2018: 3%) above LIBOR.

Had interest rates been 0.5% higher/0.25% lower in the period, and all other variables were held constant, Group profit before tax 
would have been $36,000 lower/$18,000 higher (2018: $102,000 lower/$51,000 higher). A 0.5% increase/0.25% decrease interest 
rate sensitivity test has been performed since this represents the Directors’ assessment of a reasonably possible change in interest 
rates.

116

26523 

  26 June 2019 4:59 pm 

  Proof  15

Stock code: VLXVolex plcFINANCIALS30. Financial instruments continued
Foreign currency risk
The Group operates internationally and is exposed to foreign exchange risk arising from various currency exposures, primarily 
with respect to the euro, Chinese renminbi and pound sterling. Foreign exchange risk arises from future commercial transactions, 
recognised assets and liabilities and net investments in foreign operations. 

The Group has certain investments in foreign operations, whose net assets are exposed to foreign currency translation risk. The 
Group’s policy is to hedge its related translation exposures through the designation of certain amounts of its foreign currency 
denominated debt as a hedging instrument.

The carrying amounts of the Group’s foreign currency denominated monetary assets and monetary liabilities at the reporting date are as 
follows:

USD
Euro
Chinese renminbi
Pound sterling*
Indian rupee
Other 

Liabilities

Assets

2019
$’000

29,709
7,544
14,313
12,787
947
3,297

2018
$’000

36,739
16,041
11,846
14,745
675
5,268

2019
$’000

70,143
13,123
3,933
4,363
996
2,372

2018
$’000

69,864
3,286
4,763
572
2,261
3,476

*   Under the RCF, a cash pool facility exists over two entities, denominated in a variety of currencies. At 31 March 2019, the overall cash pool was in a net 

cash overdraft position of $320,000 (2018: net cash position of $1,849,000).

Foreign currency sensitivity
The following table details the Group’s sensitivity to a 10% increase and decrease in USD against the relevant foreign currencies. The 
10% rate used represents management’s assessment of the reasonably possible change in foreign exchange rates. The sensitivity 
analysis includes only outstanding foreign currency denominated monetary items and adjusts their translation at the period end for a 
10% change in foreign currency rates. The sensitivity analysis includes both external loans and loans to foreign operations within the 
Group where the denomination of the loan is in a currency other than the currency of the lender or the borrower. A 10% change in 
foreign exchange rate sensitivity test has been performed since this represents the Directors’ assessment of a reasonably possible 
change in foreign exchange rates.

GBP impact
2019
$’000

2018
$’000

EURO impact
2019
$’000

2018
$’000

CNY impact
2019
$’000

2018
$’000

10% depreciation of USD against foreign 
currency
(i) Profit before tax
(ii) Equity*
10% appreciation of USD against foreign 
currency
(i) Profit before tax
(ii) Equity*

(666)
(9,393)

(8)
(10,878)

(55)
2,187

(241)
(1,358)

546
7,685

6
8,900

45
(1,789)

197
1,111

(988)
–

808
–

(787)
–

643
–

i.  The main exposure impacting profit before tax is on Chinese renminbi monetary liabilities in the Group at the reporting date.

ii. This is mainly attributable to changes in the carrying value of intercompany loans for which settlement is not planned.

*  Excludes any deferred tax impact.

26523 

  26 June 2019 4:59 pm 

  Proof  15

117

www.volex.comAnnual Report and Accounts 2019FINANCIALSNotes to the Financial Statements continued
For the 52 weeks ended 31 March 2019 (52 weeks ended 1 April 2018)

30. Financial instruments continued
Copper commodity price risk
Copper price volatility is the single largest commodity price exposure facing the Group. Many of the Group’s products, in particular 
power cords used in the Power Cords division, are manufactured from components that contain significant amounts of copper. Where 
possible, the Group will pass on copper price movements to its customers. In order to mitigate the remaining volatility associated with 
copper, the Group has entered into arrangements with its key suppliers to purchase copper. Coupled with these purchases, the Group 
has entered into a number of contracts with financial institutions which are linked to the average copper price as published by the 
London Metal Exchange (‘LME’). These contracts have been deemed cash flow hedges of forecast future copper purchases. At the 
reporting date, the open copper contracts are as follows:

Copper cash flow hedges

Contracted copper price

$5,500 – $6,000
$6,000 – $6,500
$6,500 – $7,000
$7,000 – $7,500

2019

2018

Contracted 
volume (MT)

Fair value 
$’000

Contracted 
volume (MT)

Fair value 
$’000

150
150
50
–
350

77
38
(2)
–
113

–
300
450
150
900

–
257
(8)
(57)
192

All contracts expire within 12 months of 31 March 2019.

Credit risk
The Group’s principal financial assets are bank balances and cash, trade and other receivables. Credit risk refers to the risk that a 
counterparty will default on its contractual obligations resulting in financial loss to the Group.

Bank and cash balances comprise cash held by the Group and short-term bank deposits with an original maturity of three months 
or less. The carrying amount of these assets approximates to their fair value. The credit risk on these assets is limited because the 
counterparties are predominantly financial institutions with investment grade credit ratings assigned by international credit rating 
agencies.

The Group’s credit risk is therefore primarily attributable to its trade receivables. The Group’s customers are predominantly large 
blue chip OEMs, contract equipment manufacturers and distributors. The Group regularly reviews the creditworthiness of significant 
customers and credit references are sought for major new customers where relevant. The Board recognises that credit risk is a feature 
of all businesses, especially international businesses. However, it believes that all reasonable steps to mitigate any loss are taken.

The net amount of trade receivables reflects the maximum credit exposure to the Group. No other guarantees or security have been 
given. For further information on the credit risk associated with trade and other receivables, see note 18.

118

26523 

  26 June 2019 4:59 pm 

  Proof  15

Stock code: VLXVolex plcFINANCIALS30. Financial instruments continued
Liquidity risk
The Group manages liquidity risk by maintaining adequate banking facilities, regular monitoring of forecast and actual cash flows 
and matching the maturity profiles of financial assets and liabilities. Included in note 19 is a description of undrawn facilities as at the 
reporting date.

In addition to the banking facilities available to the Group, the Group has access to a non-recourse invoice discounting facility. Under 
the terms of the arrangement, the Group can sell up to $15 million of trade receivables associated with a specific customer. As at 31 
March 2019, the Group had utilised $0.4 million (2018: $1.2 million) of this facility.

The following table analyses the Group’s financial liabilities into relevant maturity groupings to show the timing of cash flows associated 
with the financial liabilities from the reporting date to the contracted maturity date. The amounts disclosed represent the contracted 
undiscounted cash flows (based on the earliest date on which the Group may be required to pay).

2019

Non-derivative financial liabilities
Trade and other payables
Bank overdrafts and loans
Derivative financial liabilities
Copper commodity contracts

2018

Non-derivative financial liabilities
Trade and other payables
Bank overdrafts and loans
Derivative financial liabilities
Copper commodity contracts

Carrying 
amount 
$’000

Contractual 
cash flows 
$’000

Within 
1 year 
$’000

(68,277)
(320)

(68,277)
(320)

(68,486)
(320)

–

–

–

Carrying 
amount 
$’000

Contractual 
cash flows 
$’000

Within 
1 year 
$’000

1–2 
years 
$’000

(26)
–

–

1–2 
years 
$’000

(70,432)
(14,882)

(70,432)
(15,399)

(69,415)
(1,849)

(68)
(13,550)

–

–

–

–

2–5 
years 
$’000

More than 
5 years 
$’000

–
–

–

(765)
–

–

2–5 
years 
$’000

More than 
5 years 
$’000

(259)
–

–

(690)
–

–

31. Contingent liabilities
As a global Group, subsidiary companies, in the normal course of business, engage in significant levels of cross-border trading. The 
customs, duties and sales tax regulations associated with these transactions are complex and often subject to interpretation. While 
the Group places considerable emphasis on compliance with such regulations, including appropriate use of external legal advisers, full 
compliance with all customs, duty and sales tax regulations cannot be guaranteed.

Through the normal course of business, the Group provides manufacturing warranties to its customers and assurances that its 
products meet the required safety and testing standards. When the Group is notified that there is a fault with one of its products, 
the Group will provide a rigorous review of the defective product and its associated manufacturing process and, if found at fault 
and contractually liable, will provide for costs associated with recall and repair as well as rectify the manufacturing process or seek 
recompense from its supplier. The Group does not provide for such costs where fault has not yet been determined and investigations 
are ongoing. 

The Company enters into financial guarantee contracts to guarantee the indebtedness of other Group companies. The Company 
considers these to be insurance arrangements and treats the guarantee contract as a contingent liability until such time as it becomes 
probable that the Company will be required to make a payment under the guarantee.

26523 

  26 June 2019 4:59 pm 

  Proof  15

119

www.volex.comAnnual Report and Accounts 2019FINANCIALSNotes to the Financial Statements continued
For the 52 weeks ended 31 March 2019 (52 weeks ended 1 April 2018)

32. Related party transactions
Group
Transactions between the Company and its subsidiaries, which are related parties, have been eliminated on consolidation and are not 
disclosed in this section of the note.

Remuneration of key management – Directors of parent Company

Short-term employee benefits
Post-employment benefits
Share-based payment charge

2019
$’000

1,407
83
882
2,372

2018
$’000

1,325
81
628
2,034

Details of Directors’ remuneration for the period are provided in the Directors’ Remuneration Report on page 50. Family members of 
one of the Directors received $6,000 (2018: $1,000) for services provided during the year.

As explained in note 16, the Group has a 26.09% interest in Kepler SignalTek Limited, which is accounted for as an associate. During 
the period the Company invested a further $1,300,000 in redeemable preference shares (2018: $400,000 preference shares and 
$300,000 equity investment). During the period the Group accrued financial income of $117,000 on the preference shares (2018: 
$8,000). The balance due from the associate as at the period end date was $1,825,000 (2018: $408,000).

The Group also has a 43% interest in Volex-Jem Co. Ltd. During the period the Group purchased $4,067,000 (2018: $1,403,000) of 
materials from Volex – JEM Cable Precision (Dongguan) Co., Limited an entity controlled by Volex-Jem Co. Ltd. The balance due to the 
associate as at the period end date was $1,141,000 (2018: $1,403,000).

Company
During the period, the Company levied/(received) the following charges on its subsidiary undertakings:

Management income/(charges)
Royalty income
Interest income

Amounts due to and from subsidiary undertakings are shown in notes 18 and 20.

Remuneration of Directors of the Company is discussed above.

33. Events after the balance sheet date
There are no disclosable events after the balance sheet date.

2019
$’000

239
2,491
312
3,042

2018
$’000

(4,265)
1,331
365
(2,569)

120

26523 

  26 June 2019 4:59 pm 

  Proof  15

Stock code: VLXVolex plcFINANCIALS34. Business combinations
The fair value adjustments associated with the acquisitions are provisional and will be finalised within 12 months of the acquisition 
date. Any resulting changes in the fair values will have an impact on the acquisition accounting and will result in a reallocation between 
the assets and goodwill and a possible adjustment to the amortisation charge shown in the income statement. None of the goodwill 
recognised is expected to be deductible for income tax purposes.

MC Electronics LLC
On 30 April 2018 the Group acquired 100% of the units of MC Electronics LLC, a North-American based manufacturer of customised 
complex medical and industrial cables, wire harnesses and electro-mechanical assemblies for medical and industrial applications. The 
acquisition expands the Group’s presence in the cable assembly market and brings new customer relationships to Volex as well as 
providing an opportunity to integrate the Group’s North American operations to improve profitability and competitiveness. 

The purchase has been accounted for as a business combination. Details of the purchase consideration, the net assets acquired and 
goodwill are as follows:

Fair value of consideration transferred 

Cash paid
Ordinary shares issued
Contingent consideration
Total purchase consideration

$’000

435
3,178
416
4,029

The fair value of the 3,000,000 shares issued as part of the consideration was based on the published closing share price on the last 
trading date preceding the share issue of £0.753. 

The contingent consideration is dependent upon certain revenue targets being met post-acquisition, the outcome of a specific legal 
case and the recovery of certain historical tax overpayments. Depending upon variables mentioned up to 500,000 shares in Volex plc 
may be issued in addition. 

The fair value amounts recognised in respect of the identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed are set out in the table below:

Identifiable intangible assets
Property, plant and equipment
Deferred taxes
Inventories
Trade receivables
Trade payables
Other debtors and creditors
Cash and overdrafts
Provisions
Total identifiable assets
Goodwill
Net assets acquired

26523 

  26 June 2019 4:59 pm 

  Proof  15

Fair Value
$’000

500
448
385
3,154
1,959
(2,372)
119
(134)
(983)
3,076
953
4,029

121

www.volex.comAnnual Report and Accounts 2019FINANCIALSNotes to the Financial Statements continued
For the 52 weeks ended 31 March 2019 (52 weeks ended 1 April 2018)

34. Business Combinations continued
An exercise has been conducted to assess the fair value of assets and liabilities assumed. This exercise identified a $1,388,000 write 
down on inventory for non-moving stock and a $485,000 onerous lease provision adjustment to the initial book value. The intangible 
assets acquired as part of the acquisition relate to customer relationships and order backlogs. The fair value of trade receivables above 
is net of a $39,000 provision.

The goodwill balance recognised above represents certain intangible assets that cannot be separately identified and measured due to 
their nature. This includes control over the acquired business, the skills and experience of the assembled workforce and the anticipated 
synergies arising on integration. None of the goodwill recognised is expected to be deductible for income tax purposes.

In FY2019, MC Electronics contributed $17,381,000 to Group revenue and $1,343,000 to adjusted operating profit. Associated 
acquisition costs of $460,000 and intangible asset amortisation of $251,000 have both been expensed as adjusting items in the period. 
If MC Electronics had been acquired at the beginning of the year, it would have contributed estimated revenue of $19,200,000 and 
estimated operating profit of $1,530,000 to the results of the Group.

Silcotec Europe Limited
On 8 June 2018 the Group completed the acquisition of the trade and assets of Silcotec Europe Limited (‘Silcotec Europe’), a 
manufacturer and seller of cable harnesses and electronic sub-assemblies for the medical, telecommunications and computer 
industries. Silcotec Europe comprises a sales office in Ireland and a factory in Slovakia. The acquisition expands further the Group’s 
cable assembly activities in Europe and is consistent with the strategy of consolidating the highly fragmented cable assembly industry 
to generate synergies in Group-wide procurement, sales and operations. The acquisition brings new medical and scientific customers 
to Volex.

The purchase has been accounted for as a business combination. Details of the purchase consideration, the net assets acquired and 
goodwill are as follows:

Fair value of consideration transferred 

Cash paid
Ordinary shares issued
Contingent consideration
Total purchase consideration

$’000

8,990
4,038
1,165
14,193

The fair value of the 3,521,437 shares issued as part of the consideration was based on the published closing share price on the last 
trading date preceding the share issue of £0.861. 

The contingent consideration was dependent upon certain revenue targets being met post-acquisition and was paid subsequent to the 
year end.

122

26523 

  26 June 2019 4:59 pm 

  Proof  15

Stock code: VLXVolex plcFINANCIALS34. Business Combinations continued
The fair value amounts recognised in respect of the identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed are set out in the table below:

Identifiable intangible assets
Property, plant and equipment
Inventories
Trade payables
Other debtors and creditors
Cash
Deferred taxes
Loans
Total identifiable assets
Goodwill
Net assets acquired

Fair value
$’000

7,132
3,585
4,701
(1,599)
(758)
161
(993)
(2,332)
9,897
4,296
14,193

An exercise has been conducted to assess the fair value of assets and liabilities assumed. This exercise identified a $700,000 increase 
to the book value of the Slovakian factory (land and freehold held by Silcotec Europe) with the valuation provided by an independent 
surveyor. The intangible assets acquired as part of the acquisition relate to customer relationships. The Silcotec Europe business was 
acquired without any trade receivables. The cash collection of invoices raised prior to the acquisition date was left with the seller, with 
Volex responsible only for cash collection on sales post-acquisition.

The goodwill balance above represents certain intangible assets that cannot be separately identifiable and measured due to their 
nature. This includes control over the acquired business, the skills and experience of the assembled workforce and the anticipated 
synergies arising on integration. None of the goodwill recognised is expected to be deductible for income tax purposes.

Immediately after the acquisition, the Group funded Silcotec Europe with $2,332,000 in order that it could pay off its external loan. This 
funding has been recorded as an intercompany balance between Volex Plc and Silcotec Europe and therefore has been excluded from 
the consideration paid. 

In FY2019, Silcotec Europe contributed $20,401,000 to Group revenue and $3,493,000 to adjusted operating profit. Associated 
acquisition costs of $1,171,000 and intangible asset amortisation of $980,000 have both been expensed as adjusting items in the 
period. If Silcotec Europe had been acquired at the beginning of the year, it would have contributed estimated revenue of $24,870,000 
and estimated operating profit of $4,426,000 to the results of the Group. 

26523 

  26 June 2019 4:59 pm 

  Proof  15

123

www.volex.comAnnual Report and Accounts 2019FINANCIALSNotes to the Financial Statements continued
For the 52 weeks ended 31 March 2019 (52 weeks ended 1 April 2018)

34. Business Combinations continued
GTK (Holdco) Limited
On 10 December 2018 Volex Plc completed the acquisition of 100% of the share capital of GTK (Holdco) Limited (‘GTK’), a global 
provider of electronics solutions including cable assemblies, connectors, displays and manufacturing solutions. GTK is headquartered 
in Basingstoke and has operations in the UK, Romania and Taiwan The acquisition expands the Group presence in the Cable Assembly 
market and brings more than 300 active customers across northern European markets.

The purchase has been accounted for as a business combination. Details of the purchase consideration, the net assets acquired and 
goodwill are as follows:

Fair value of consideration transferred 

Cash paid
Ordinary shares issued
Total purchase consideration

$’000

16,101
2,395
18,496

The fair value of the 2,124,016 shares issued as part of the consideration was based on the published closing share price on the last 
trading date preceding the share issue of £0.88. 

The provisional fair value amounts recognised in respect of the identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed are set out in the 
table below:

Identifiable intangible assets
Property, plant and equipment
Inventories
Trade receivables
Trade payables
Other debtors and creditors
Cash
Deferred taxes
Total identifiable assets
Goodwill
Net assets acquired

Provisional 
Fair value
$’000

5,446
315
2,469
3,948
(3,695)
(552)
1,656
(941)
8,646
9,850
18,496

An exercise has been conducted to assess the provisional fair value of assets and liabilities assumed. The intangible assets acquired as 
part of the acquisition relate to customer relationships. The fair value of trade receivables above is net of a $94,000 provision. 

In FY2019, GTK contributed $6,998,000 to Group revenue and $1,066,000 to adjusted operating profit. Associated acquisition costs 
of $190,000 and intangible asset amortisation of $752,000 have both been expensed as adjusting items in the period. If GTK had been 
acquired at the beginning of the year, it would have contributed estimated revenue of $23,042,000 and estimated operating profit of 
$2,722,000 to the results of the Group.

Net cash outflow on acquisitions

Cash consideration
 – MC Electronics
 – Silcotec Europe
 – GTK
Total cash consideration
Less: cash and cash equivalent balances acquired
 – MC Electronics
 – Silcotec Europe
 – GTK
Net outflow of cash – investing activities

124

26523 

  26 June 2019 4:59 pm 

  Proof  15

$’000

435
8,990
16,101
25,526

(134)
161
1,656
23,843

Stock code: VLXVolex plcFINANCIALS35. Related Undertakings of the Group
The consolidated financial statements include those of the Company, Volex plc, and of all its subsidiaries. Volex Powercords Europe, 
Volex Cable Assemblies Europe and Volex PLC Sweden Filial are all trading divisions of Volex plc. In accordance with Section 409 of the 
Companies Act 2006, the subsidiaries owned at 31 March 2019 are disclosed below. The following subsidiary entities are either wholly 
or partly owned directly by the plc and/or through other Group companies. For the two joint ventures, ownership is shared between a 
local Volex subsidiary and the relevant JV partner.

Footnote

Country of 
incorporation Address

Percentage
owned by 
plc

Name of entity

Directly Held
Volex Pte Ltd
Volex Holdings Inc
MC Electronics LLC
Volex Canada Inc
Volex Group Holdings Ltd

GTK (Holdco) Limited

Volex Poland SP z.o.o.

Volex France Sarl
Volex Germany GmbH
Volex Sweden AB
Volex International Korea LLC
Volex do Brasil Ltda

Volex (No.4) Ltd

Volex (No.3) Ltd

Volex (No.2) Ltd

Volex (No.1) Ltd

Cable Products Ltd

Pencon Ltd

Volex Executive Pension Scheme 
Trustee Ltd
Volex Electrical Products Ltd

Volex Group Pension Scheme 
Trustee Ltd
Ward and Goldstone Ltd

1
2
3
1
2

2

1

1
1
1
3
1

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

Volex Interconnect Products Ltd 3

Volex Electronics Ltd

3

Singapore
USA
USA
Canada
UK

UK

Poland

France
Germany
Sweden
South Korea
Brazil

35 Tampines Street 92, #04-01, Singapore 528880
84 State Street, Boston MA 02109
1891 Airway Drive, Hollister, California, 95023
1565 Carling Avenue, Fourth floor, Ottawa On K1Z 8R1
Holbrook House, 34-38 Hill Rise, Richmond, Surrey, England 
TW10 6UA
Unit C2 Antura, Bond Close, Basingstoke, Hampshire, 
England RG24 8PZ
Podłuzna 11-13, 85-790, Bydgoszcz, Kuyavian-Pomeranian 
Voivodeship, Poland
Citco France Sarl, 8 avenue Hoche, 75008 Paris, France
Zu den Mühlen 19, 35390 Gießen, Deutschland
SE-831 48 Östersund, Jämtland County

Rod. Geraldo Scavone 2.080, Unidade 13 A 16, Jacarei,  
12305-490, Brazil

UK

UK

UK

UK

UK

UK

UK

UK

UK

UK

UK

UK

Holbrook House, 34-38 Hill Rise, Richmond, Surrey,  
England TW10 6UA
Holbrook House, 34-38 Hill Rise, Richmond, Surrey,  
England TW10 6UA
Holbrook House, 34-38 Hill Rise, Richmond, Surrey,  
England TW10 6UA
Holbrook House, 34-38 Hill Rise, Richmond, Surrey,  
England TW10 6UA
Holbrook House, 34-38 Hill Rise, Richmond, Surrey,  
England TW10 6UA
Holbrook House, 34-38 Hill Rise, Richmond, Surrey,  
England TW10 6UA
Holbrook House, 34-38 Hill Rise, Richmond, Surrey,  
England TW10 6UA
Holbrook House, 34-38 Hill Rise, Richmond, Surrey,  
England TW10 6UA
Holbrook House, 34-38 Hill Rise, Richmond, Surrey,  
England TW10 6UA
Holbrook House, 34-38 Hill Rise, Richmond, Surrey,  
England TW10 6UA
Holbrook House, 34-38 Hill Rise, Richmond, Surrey,  
England TW10 6UA
Holbrook House, 34-38 Hill Rise, Richmond, Surrey,  
England TW10 6UA

100%
100%
100%
100%
100%

100%

99%

100%
100%
100%
100%
99%

99%

50%

50%

99%

50%

50%

67%

90%

99%

99%

99%

99%

26523 

  26 June 2019 4:59 pm 

  Proof  15

125

www.volex.comAnnual Report and Accounts 2019FINANCIALSNotes to the Financial Statements continued
For the 52 weeks ended 31 March 2019 (52 weeks ended 1 April 2018)

35. Related Undertakings of the Group continued

Country of 
incorporation Address
UK

Holbrook House, 34-38 Hill Rise, Richmond, Surrey,  
England TW10 6UA
Holbrook House, 34-38 Hill Rise, Richmond, Surrey,  
England TW10 6UA
Holbrook House, 34-38 Hill Rise, Richmond, Surrey,  
England TW10 6UA
Holbrook House, 34-38 Hill Rise, Richmond, Surrey,  
England TW10 6UA

Percentage
owned by 
plc
99%

99%

99%

99%

Name of entity
Ionix Development Company Ltd 3

Footnote

Pendle Connectors Ltd

Mayor (UK) Ltd

Volex Interconnect  
Systems Ltd

Indirectly Held
G.T.K. (U.K.) Ltd

GTK Limited

GTK Electronics GmbH
GTK RO S.r.l

Silcotec Europe (SK) s.r.o
Silcotec Europe (UK) Ltd

Silcotec Europe Limited
Volex Europe (No.1) Ltd
Volex (No.5) Ltd

Volex (Asia) Pte Ltd
PT Volex Indonesia

3

3

3

1

3

1
1

3
3

1
3
3

1
1

PT Volex Cable Assembly
3
Volex Cable Assemblies (Phils) Inc1

Volex Japan KK

Volex (Taiwan) Co. Ltd

Volex (Thailand) Co. Ltd

1

1

1

Volex Cable Assembly (Vietnam) 
Co Ltd
Volex Cable Assemblies Sdn Bhd 1

1

UK

UK

UK

UK

UK

Germany
Romania

Slovakia
UK

Ireland
Ireland
UK

Singapore
Indonesia

Indonesia
Philippines

Japan

Taiwan

Thailand

Vietnam

Malaysia

Volex Cables (HK) Ltd

1

Hong Kong

Volex Interconnect (India) Pvt Ltd 1

India

Unit C2 Antura, Bond Close, Basingstoke, Hampshire, 
England RG24 8PZ
Unit C2 Antura, Bond Close, Basingstoke, Hampshire, 
England RG24 8PZ
Romberg 25b, 51381 Leverkusen
Str. Fantana Popova, Nr. 36, Et.1, Cod Postal, 200319, 
Craiova, Dolj, Romania 
Družstevná 14, Komárno, 945 05, Slovakia
38 C/O Mastersfuller, Salisbury Road, Worthing,  
England, BN11 1RD
Carraroe Industrial Estate, Carraroe, Co Galway, H91WR82
Carraroe Industrial Estate, Carraroe, Co Galway, H91WR82
Holbrook House, 34-38 Hill Rise, Richmond, Surrey,  
England TW10 6UA
35 Tampines Street 92, #04-01, Singapore 528880
JL. Ir. Sutami Kawasan Industri Sekupang, Batam,  
Indonesia 29422, Indonesia

Unit 1 Lot 10 Phase 4 East Science Ave. corner Trade Ave., 
Laguna Technopark Inc., Binan, Laguna. Philippines 4024
9th floor Kannai Tosei Building II, Sumiyoshi-cho 4-45-1, 
Naka-Ku, Yokohama-shi, Kangawa
4F, No 1406-1, Zhongzheng Road, Taoyuan District, Taoyuan 
City 33071, Taiwan
No. 99/349, Chaengwattana Road, 
Thungsong-Hong, Laksi, Bangkok 10210, Thailand
Plot D-5B, Thanglong Industrial Park, Vomg La Commune, 
Dong Anh District, Hanoi, Vietnam
B-03-13A, Empire Soho, Empire Subang, Jalan SS16/1, 
SS16, 47500, Subang Jaya, Selangor, Malaysia
Rooms 805-806 8th Floor, Tai Yau Building, 181 Johnston 
Road Wanchai, Hong Kong
Level 9, Olympia Teknos Park, No. 28 Sidco Industrial Estate, 
Guindy, Chennai, Tamil Nadu, IN 600 032

126

26523 

  26 June 2019 4:59 pm 

  Proof  15

Stock code: VLXVolex plcFINANCIALS35. Related Undertakings of the Group continued

Name of entity
Volex Interconnect Systems 
(Suzhou) Co. Ltd

Footnote
1

Country of 
incorporation Address
China

1
Volex Cable Assembly (Shenzhen) 
Co. Ltd

Volex Cable Assembly 
(Zhongshan) Co. Ltd
Volex Inc
Volex de Mexico SA de CV

1

1
1

China

China

USA
Mexico

Part A C3-C6, Weiting Industrial Zone, No.9, Weixin Road, 
Suzhou Industrial Park, Suzhou, Jiang-su Province 215122, 
China
No. 6279, Henggang Section, Longgang Avenue, Bao’an 
Village, Henggang Sub-district, Longgang District, Shenzhen 
City
2 Xingda Street, Torch High-tech Ind Dvpt Zone, Zhongshan, 
528437, China
84 State Street, Boston MA 02109
Av 32 Sur, No 8950 Interior G/1,D,E,F, Parque Industrial La 
Mesa, Fraccionamiento Rubio, Tijuana; Baja California Mexico, 
CP 22116

Percentage
owned by 
plc

Interests in Associates/Joint Ventures
Kepler SignalTek Limited

1

Hong Kong

Volex-Jem Co Ltd

2

Taiwan

21st Floor, Office Tower, Langham Place, 8 Argyle Street, 
Mongkok, Kowloon, Hong Kong
19F, No.79, Sec 1. Singtai 5th Road, Sijhih City, Taipei, 
Country 221, Taiwan

1.  Manufacture and/or sale of power and data cables

2.  Holding company

3.  Dormant company

26523 

  26 June 2019 4:59 pm 

  Proof  15

127

www.volex.comAnnual Report and Accounts 2019FINANCIALSFive Year Summary

Results

Revenue – total Group
Gross profit – total Group
Operating expenses – total Group
Normalised operating profit(i) – total Group
Adjusting operating items
Share-based payment (charge)/credit
Profit/(loss) on ordinary activities before taxation
Depreciation and amortisation – continuing 
operations

Unaudited 
IFRS 
2019
$’000

Unaudited 
IFRS
2018
$’000

Unaudited
IFRS
2017
$’000

Unaudited
IFRS
2016
$’000

Unaudited
IFRS
2015
$’000

372,104
73,518
(60,526)
21,606
(6,226)
(2,388)
11,635

322,377
55,843
(47,070)
11,457
(1,552)
(1,132)
6,995

 319,584 
 42,347 
(48,968) 
 9,079 
(15,232) 
(468) 
(8,500) 

 367,534 
 58,519 
(55,080) 
 7,172 
(4,742) 
 1,009 
 1,542 

 423,409 
 70,627 
(75,180) 
 8,832 
(12,528) 
(857) 
(7,179) 

3,786

3,210

 5,368 

 7,180 

 7,212 

Cents

Cents

Cents

Cents

Cents

Basic underlying earnings per share – total Group(ii)
Basic earnings/(loss) per share – total Group

13.1
6.9

Statement of financial position

Non-current assets 
Net cash/(debt)
Other assets and liabilities
Net assets
Gearing

$’000

 56,041
 20,593 
39,014 
 115,648
 – 

9.2
4.4

$’000

24,606
9,948
13,590
48,144
–

9.5
(7.9)

 1.5 
(2.6)

 2.8 
(12.8) 

$’000

$’000

$’000

 24,905
 11,335 
10,067
 46,307 
 – 

 39,427 
(3,249) 
 15,174 
 51,352 
6%

 41,384 
 1,880 
 11,244 
 54,508 
–

i   Defined as operating profit before adjusting items and share-based payments.

ii  Defined as earnings/(loss) per share before share-based payments and adjusting items.

128

26523 

  26 June 2019 4:59 pm 

  Proof  15

Stock code: VLXVolex plcOTHER FINANCIAL INFORMATIONShareholder Information

Provisional Financial Calendar

FY2020
Interim Results Announced w/c 4 November 2019

Year End 5 April 2020

Final Results Announced w/c 8 June 2020

Registered Office and Advisers

Registered Office
Holbrook House  
34-38 Hill Rise  
Richmond, Surrey  
TW10 6UA 
www.volex.com

Registered number
158956 (Registered in England and Wales)

Registrars
Link Asset Services 
The Registry  
34 Beckenham Road 
Beckenham 
Kent 
BR3 4TU 
www.linkassetservices.com

Independent Auditors
PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

Bankers
Lloyds Bank plc 
HSBC Bank plc

Nominated Adviser & Joint Broker
Nplus1 Singer Advisory LLP

Joint Broker 
Whitman Howard

Solicitors
Travers Smith LLP

26523 

  26 June 2019 4:59 pm 

  Proof  15

129

OTHER FINANCIAL INFORMATIONwww.volex.comAnnual Report and Accounts 2019Volex plc
Holbrook House
34-38 Hill Rise
Richmond
Surrey TW10 6UA
United Kingdom

www.volex.com

26523 

  26 June 2019 4:59 pm 

  Proof  15

26523 

  26 June 2019 4:59 pm 

  Proof  15